1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1995 Eric P. Allman
|
|
|
|
.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
|
|
|
|
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
|
|
|
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
|
|
|
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
|
|
|
.\" are met:
|
|
|
|
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
|
|
|
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
|
|
|
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
|
|
|
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
|
|
|
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
|
|
|
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
|
|
|
|
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
|
|
|
|
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
|
|
|
|
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
|
|
|
|
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
|
|
|
|
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
|
|
|
.\" without specific prior written permission.
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
|
|
|
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
|
|
|
|
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
|
|
|
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
|
|
|
|
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
|
|
|
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
|
|
|
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
|
|
|
|
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
|
|
|
|
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
|
|
|
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
|
|
|
|
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
|
|
|
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" @(#)op.me 8.97 (Berkeley) 10/17/96
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.\"
|
|
|
|
.\" eqn op.me | pic | troff -me
|
|
|
|
.eh 'SMM:08-%''Sendmail Installation and Operation Guide'
|
|
|
|
.oh 'Sendmail Installation and Operation Guide''SMM:08-%'
|
|
|
|
.\" SD is lib if sendmail is installed in /usr/lib, sbin if in /usr/sbin
|
|
|
|
.ds SD sbin
|
|
|
|
.\" SB is bin if newaliases/mailq are installed in /usr/bin, ucb if in /usr/ucb
|
|
|
|
.ds SB bin
|
|
|
|
.nr si 3n
|
|
|
|
.de $0
|
|
|
|
.(x
|
|
|
|
.in \\$3u*3n
|
|
|
|
.ti -3n
|
|
|
|
\\$2. \\$1
|
|
|
|
.)x
|
|
|
|
..
|
|
|
|
.de $C
|
|
|
|
.(x
|
|
|
|
.in 0
|
|
|
|
\\$1 \\$2. \\$3
|
|
|
|
.)x
|
|
|
|
..
|
|
|
|
.sc
|
|
|
|
.+c
|
|
|
|
.(l C
|
|
|
|
.sz 16
|
|
|
|
.b SENDMAIL
|
|
|
|
.sz 12
|
|
|
|
.sp
|
|
|
|
.b "INSTALLATION AND OPERATION GUIDE"
|
|
|
|
.sz 10
|
|
|
|
.sp
|
|
|
|
.r
|
|
|
|
Eric Allman
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
InReference, Inc.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
eric@Sendmail.ORG
|
|
|
|
.sp
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
Version 8.97
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.sp
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
For Sendmail Version 8.8
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.)l
|
|
|
|
.sp 2
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
implements a general purpose internetwork mail routing facility
|
|
|
|
under the UNIX\(rg
|
|
|
|
operating system.
|
|
|
|
It is not tied to any one transport protocol \*-
|
|
|
|
its function may be likened to a crossbar switch,
|
|
|
|
relaying messages from one domain into another.
|
|
|
|
In the process,
|
|
|
|
it can do a limited amount of message header editing
|
|
|
|
to put the message into a format that is appropriate
|
|
|
|
for the receiving domain.
|
|
|
|
All of this is done under the control of a configuration file.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Due to the requirements of flexibility
|
|
|
|
for
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail ,
|
|
|
|
the configuration file can seem somewhat unapproachable.
|
|
|
|
However, there are only a few basic configurations
|
|
|
|
for most sites,
|
|
|
|
for which standard configuration files have been supplied.
|
|
|
|
Most other configurations
|
|
|
|
can be built by adjusting an existing configuration files
|
|
|
|
incrementally.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
is based on
|
|
|
|
RFC821 (Simple Mail Transport Protocol),
|
|
|
|
RFC822 (Internet Mail Format Protocol),
|
|
|
|
RFC1123 (Internet Host Requirements),
|
|
|
|
RFC1521 (MIME),
|
|
|
|
RFC1651 (SMTP Service Extensions),
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
RFC1891 (SMTP Delivery Status Notifications),
|
|
|
|
RFC1892 (Multipart/Report),
|
|
|
|
RFC1893 (Mail System Status Codes),
|
|
|
|
RFC1894 (Delivery Status Notifications),
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
and
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
RFC1985 (SMTP Service Extension for Remote Message Queue Starting).
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
However, since
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
is designed to work in a wider world,
|
|
|
|
in many cases it can be configured to exceed these protocols.
|
|
|
|
These cases are described herein.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Although
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
is intended to run
|
|
|
|
without the need for monitoring,
|
|
|
|
it has a number of features
|
|
|
|
that may be used to monitor or adjust the operation
|
|
|
|
under unusual circumstances.
|
|
|
|
These features are described.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Section one describes how to do a basic
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
installation.
|
|
|
|
Section two
|
|
|
|
explains the day-to-day information you should know
|
|
|
|
to maintain your mail system.
|
|
|
|
If you have a relatively normal site,
|
|
|
|
these two sections should contain sufficient information
|
|
|
|
for you to install
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
and keep it happy.
|
|
|
|
Section three
|
|
|
|
describes some parameters that may be safely tweaked.
|
|
|
|
Section four
|
|
|
|
has information regarding the command line arguments.
|
|
|
|
Section five
|
|
|
|
contains the nitty-gritty information about the configuration
|
|
|
|
file.
|
|
|
|
This section is for masochists
|
|
|
|
and people who must write their own configuration file.
|
|
|
|
Section six
|
|
|
|
describes configuration that can be done at compile time.
|
|
|
|
Section seven
|
|
|
|
gives a brief description of differences
|
|
|
|
in this version of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail .
|
|
|
|
The appendixes give a brief
|
|
|
|
but detailed explanation of a number of features
|
|
|
|
not described in the rest of the paper.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
.b WARNING:
|
|
|
|
Several major changes were introduced in version 8.7.
|
|
|
|
You should not attempt to use this document
|
|
|
|
for prior versions of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail .
|
|
|
|
.bp 7
|
|
|
|
.sh 1 "BASIC INSTALLATION"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
There are two basic steps to installing
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail .
|
|
|
|
The hard part is to build the configuration table.
|
|
|
|
This is a file that
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
reads when it starts up
|
|
|
|
that describes the mailers it knows about,
|
|
|
|
how to parse addresses,
|
|
|
|
how to rewrite the message header,
|
|
|
|
and the settings of various options.
|
|
|
|
Although the configuration table is quite complex,
|
|
|
|
a configuration can usually be built
|
|
|
|
by adjusting an existing off-the-shelf configuration.
|
|
|
|
The second part is actually doing the installation,
|
|
|
|
i.e., creating the necessary files, etc.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The remainder of this section will describe the installation of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
assuming you can use one of the existing configurations
|
|
|
|
and that the standard installation parameters are acceptable.
|
|
|
|
All pathnames and examples
|
|
|
|
are given from the root of the
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
subtree,
|
|
|
|
normally
|
|
|
|
.i /usr/src/usr.\*(SD/sendmail
|
|
|
|
on 4.4BSD.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If you are loading this off the tape,
|
|
|
|
continue with the next section.
|
|
|
|
If you have a running binary already on your system,
|
|
|
|
you should probably skip to section 1.2.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Compiling Sendmail"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
All
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
source is in the
|
|
|
|
.i src
|
|
|
|
subdirectory.
|
|
|
|
If you are running on a 4.4BSD system,
|
|
|
|
compile by typing
|
|
|
|
.q make .
|
|
|
|
On other systems, you may have to make some other adjustments.
|
|
|
|
On most systems,
|
|
|
|
you can do the appropriate compilation by typing
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
sh makesendmail
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
This will leave the binary in an appropriately named subdirectory.
|
|
|
|
It works for multiple object versions
|
|
|
|
compiled out of the same directory.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Tweaking the Makefile"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
supports two different formats
|
|
|
|
for the local (on disk) version of databases,
|
|
|
|
notably the
|
|
|
|
.i aliases
|
|
|
|
database.
|
|
|
|
At least one of these should be defined if at all possible.
|
|
|
|
.nr ii 1i
|
|
|
|
.ip NDBM
|
|
|
|
The ``new DBM'' format,
|
|
|
|
available on nearly all systems around today.
|
|
|
|
This was the preferred format prior to 4.4BSD.
|
|
|
|
It allows such complex things as multiple databases
|
|
|
|
and closing a currently open database.
|
|
|
|
.ip NEWDB
|
|
|
|
The new database package from Berkeley.
|
|
|
|
If you have this, use it.
|
|
|
|
It allows
|
|
|
|
long records,
|
|
|
|
multiple open databases,
|
|
|
|
real in-memory caching,
|
|
|
|
and so forth.
|
|
|
|
You can define this in conjunction with one of the other two;
|
|
|
|
if you do,
|
|
|
|
old databases are read,
|
|
|
|
but when a new database is created it will be in NEWDB format.
|
|
|
|
As a nasty hack,
|
|
|
|
if you have NEWDB, NDBM, and NIS defined,
|
|
|
|
and if the alias file name includes the substring
|
|
|
|
.q /yp/ ,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will create both new and old versions of the alias file
|
|
|
|
during a
|
|
|
|
.i newalias
|
|
|
|
command.
|
|
|
|
This is required because the Sun NIS/YP system
|
|
|
|
reads the DBM version of the alias file.
|
|
|
|
It's ugly as sin,
|
|
|
|
but it works.
|
|
|
|
.lp
|
|
|
|
If neither of these are defined,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
reads the alias file into memory on every invocation.
|
|
|
|
This can be slow and should be avoided.
|
|
|
|
There are also several methods for remote database access:
|
|
|
|
.ip NIS
|
|
|
|
Sun's Network Information Services (formerly YP).
|
|
|
|
.ip NISPLUS
|
|
|
|
Sun's NIS+ services.
|
|
|
|
.ip NETINFO
|
|
|
|
NeXT's NetInfo service.
|
|
|
|
.ip HESIOD
|
|
|
|
Hesiod service (from Athena).
|
|
|
|
.lp
|
|
|
|
Other compilation flags are set in conf.h
|
|
|
|
and should be predefined for you
|
|
|
|
unless you are porting to a new environment.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Compilation and installation"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
After making the local system configuration described above,
|
|
|
|
You should be able to compile and install the system.
|
|
|
|
The script
|
|
|
|
.q makesendmail
|
|
|
|
is the best approach on most systems:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
sh makesendmail
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
This will use
|
|
|
|
.i uname (1)
|
|
|
|
to select the correct Makefile for your environment.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
You may be able to install using
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
sh makesendmail install
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
This should install the binary in
|
|
|
|
/usr/\*(SD
|
|
|
|
and create links from
|
|
|
|
/usr/\*(SB/newaliases
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
/usr/\*(SB/mailq
|
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
|
/usr/\*(SD/sendmail.
|
|
|
|
On 4.4BSD systems it will also format and install man pages.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Configuration Files"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
cannot operate without a configuration file.
|
|
|
|
The configuration defines the mail delivery mechanisms understood at this site,
|
|
|
|
how to access them,
|
|
|
|
how to forward email to remote mail systems,
|
|
|
|
and a number of tuning parameters.
|
|
|
|
This configuration file is detailed
|
|
|
|
in the later portion of this document.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
configuration can be daunting at first.
|
|
|
|
The world is complex,
|
|
|
|
and the mail configuration reflects that.
|
|
|
|
The distribution includes an m4-based configuration package
|
|
|
|
that hides a lot of the complexity.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
These configuration files are simpler than old versions
|
|
|
|
largely because the world has become simpler;
|
|
|
|
in particular,
|
|
|
|
text-based host files are officially eliminated,
|
|
|
|
obviating the need to
|
|
|
|
.q hide
|
|
|
|
hosts behind a registered internet gateway.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
These files also assume that most of your neighbors
|
|
|
|
use domain-based UUCP addressing;
|
|
|
|
that is,
|
|
|
|
instead of naming hosts as
|
|
|
|
.q host!user
|
|
|
|
they will use
|
|
|
|
.q host.domain!user .
|
|
|
|
The configuration files can be customized to work around this,
|
|
|
|
but it is more complex.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Our configuration files are processed by
|
|
|
|
.i m4
|
|
|
|
to facilitate local customization;
|
|
|
|
the directory
|
|
|
|
.i cf
|
|
|
|
of the
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
distribution directory
|
|
|
|
contains the source files.
|
|
|
|
This directory contains several subdirectories:
|
|
|
|
.nr ii 1i
|
|
|
|
.ip cf
|
|
|
|
Both site-dependent and site-independent descriptions of hosts.
|
|
|
|
These can be literal host names
|
|
|
|
(e.g.,
|
|
|
|
.q ucbvax.mc )
|
|
|
|
when the hosts are gateways
|
|
|
|
or more general descriptions
|
|
|
|
(such as
|
|
|
|
.q "tcpproto.mc"
|
|
|
|
as a general description of an SMTP-connected host
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.q "uucpproto.mc"
|
|
|
|
as a general description of a UUCP-connected host).
|
|
|
|
Files ending
|
|
|
|
.b \&.mc
|
|
|
|
(``Master Configuration'')
|
|
|
|
are the input descriptions;
|
|
|
|
the output is in the corresponding
|
|
|
|
.b \&.cf
|
|
|
|
file.
|
|
|
|
The general structure of these files is described below.
|
|
|
|
.ip domain
|
|
|
|
Site-dependent subdomain descriptions.
|
|
|
|
These are tied to the way your organization wants to do addressing.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
.b domain/cs.exposed.m4
|
|
|
|
is our description for hosts in the CS.Berkeley.EDU subdomain
|
|
|
|
that want their individual hostname to be externally visible;
|
|
|
|
.b domain/cs.hidden.m4
|
|
|
|
is the same except that the hostname is hidden
|
|
|
|
(everything looks like it comes from CS.Berkeley.EDU).
|
|
|
|
These are referenced using the
|
|
|
|
.sm DOMAIN
|
|
|
|
.b m4
|
|
|
|
macro in the
|
|
|
|
.b \&.mc
|
|
|
|
file.
|
|
|
|
.ip feature
|
|
|
|
Definitions of specific features that some particular host in your site
|
|
|
|
might want.
|
|
|
|
These are referenced using the
|
|
|
|
.sm FEATURE
|
|
|
|
.b m4
|
|
|
|
macro.
|
|
|
|
An example feature is
|
|
|
|
use_cw_file
|
|
|
|
(which tells
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
to read an /etc/sendmail.cw file on startup
|
|
|
|
to find the set of local names).
|
|
|
|
.ip hack
|
|
|
|
Local hacks, referenced using the
|
|
|
|
.sm HACK
|
|
|
|
.b m4
|
|
|
|
macro.
|
|
|
|
Try to avoid these.
|
|
|
|
The point of having them here is to make it clear that they smell.
|
|
|
|
.ip m4
|
|
|
|
Site-independent
|
|
|
|
.i m4 (1)
|
|
|
|
include files that have information common to all configuration files.
|
|
|
|
This can be thought of as a
|
|
|
|
.q #include
|
|
|
|
directory.
|
|
|
|
.ip mailer
|
|
|
|
Definitions of mailers,
|
|
|
|
referenced using the
|
|
|
|
.sm MAILER
|
|
|
|
.b m4
|
|
|
|
macro.
|
|
|
|
The mailer types that are known in this distribution are
|
|
|
|
fax,
|
|
|
|
local,
|
|
|
|
smtp,
|
|
|
|
uucp,
|
|
|
|
and usenet.
|
|
|
|
For example, to include support for the UUCP-based mailers,
|
|
|
|
use
|
|
|
|
.q MAILER(uucp) .
|
|
|
|
.ip ostype
|
|
|
|
Definitions describing various operating system environments
|
|
|
|
(such as the location of support files).
|
|
|
|
These are referenced using the
|
|
|
|
.sm OSTYPE
|
|
|
|
.b m4
|
|
|
|
macro.
|
|
|
|
.ip sh
|
|
|
|
Shell files used by the
|
|
|
|
.b m4
|
|
|
|
build process.
|
|
|
|
You shouldn't have to mess with these.
|
|
|
|
.ip siteconfig
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
Local UUCP connectivity information.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
They normally contain lists of site information, for example:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
SITE(contessa)
|
|
|
|
SITE(hoptoad)
|
|
|
|
SITE(nkainc)
|
|
|
|
SITE(well)
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
They are referenced using the SITECONFIG macro:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
SITECONFIG(site.config.file, name_of_site, X)
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
where
|
|
|
|
.i X
|
|
|
|
is the macro/class name to use.
|
|
|
|
It can be U
|
|
|
|
(indicating locally connected hosts)
|
|
|
|
or one of W, X, or Y
|
|
|
|
for up to three remote UUCP hubs.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
This directory has been supplanted by the mailertable feature;
|
|
|
|
any new configurations should use that feature to do UUCP
|
|
|
|
(and other) routing.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If you are in a new domain
|
|
|
|
(e.g., a company),
|
|
|
|
you will probably want to create a
|
|
|
|
cf/domain
|
|
|
|
file for your domain.
|
|
|
|
This consists primarily of relay definitions:
|
|
|
|
for example, Berkeley's domain definition
|
|
|
|
defines relays for
|
|
|
|
BitNET,
|
|
|
|
CSNET,
|
|
|
|
and UUCP.
|
|
|
|
Of these,
|
|
|
|
only the UUCP relay is particularly specific
|
|
|
|
to Berkeley.
|
|
|
|
All of these are internet-style domain names.
|
|
|
|
Please check to make certain they are reasonable for your domain.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Subdomains at Berkeley are also represented in the
|
|
|
|
cf/domain
|
|
|
|
directory.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
the domain
|
|
|
|
cs-exposed
|
|
|
|
is the Computer Science subdomain with the local hostname shown
|
|
|
|
to other users;
|
|
|
|
cs-hidden
|
|
|
|
makes users appear to be from the CS.Berkeley.EDU subdomain
|
|
|
|
(with no local host information included).
|
|
|
|
You will probably have to update this directory
|
|
|
|
to be appropriate for your domain.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
You will have to use or create
|
|
|
|
.b \&.mc
|
|
|
|
files in the
|
|
|
|
.i cf/cf
|
|
|
|
subdirectory for your hosts.
|
|
|
|
This is detailed in the
|
|
|
|
cf/README
|
|
|
|
file.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Details of Installation Files"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
This subsection describes the files that
|
|
|
|
comprise the
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
installation.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "/usr/\*(SD/sendmail"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The binary for
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
is located in /usr/\*(SD\**.
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**This is usually
|
|
|
|
/usr/sbin
|
|
|
|
on 4.4BSD and newer systems;
|
|
|
|
many systems install it in
|
|
|
|
/usr/lib.
|
|
|
|
I understand it is in /usr/ucblib
|
|
|
|
on System V Release 4.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
It should be setuid root.
|
|
|
|
For security reasons,
|
|
|
|
/, /usr, and /usr/\*(SD
|
|
|
|
should be owned by root, mode 755\**.
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**Some vendors ship them owned by bin;
|
|
|
|
this creates a security hole that is not actually related to
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail .
|
|
|
|
Other important directories that should have restrictive ownerships
|
|
|
|
and permissions are
|
|
|
|
/bin, /usr/bin, /etc, /usr/etc, /lib, and /usr/lib.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "/etc/sendmail.cf"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
This is the configuration file for
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail \**.
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**Actually, the pathname varies depending on the operating system;
|
|
|
|
/etc is the preferred directory.
|
|
|
|
Some older systems install it in
|
|
|
|
.b /usr/lib/sendmail.cf ,
|
|
|
|
and I've also seen it in
|
|
|
|
.b /usr/ucblib
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b /etc/mail .
|
|
|
|
If you want to move this file,
|
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
|
.i src/conf.h .
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
This and /etc/sendmail.pid
|
|
|
|
are the only non-library file names compiled into
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail \**.
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**The system libraries can reference other files;
|
|
|
|
in particular, system library subroutines that
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
calls probably reference
|
|
|
|
.i /etc/passwd
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.i /etc/resolv.conf .
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The configuration file is normally created
|
|
|
|
using the distribution files described above.
|
|
|
|
If you have a particularly unusual system configuration
|
|
|
|
you may need to create a special version.
|
|
|
|
The format of this file is detailed in later sections
|
|
|
|
of this document.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "/usr/\*(SB/newaliases"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i newaliases
|
|
|
|
command should just be a link to
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail :
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
rm \-f /usr/\*(SB/newaliases
|
|
|
|
ln \-s /usr/\*(SD/sendmail /usr/\*(SB/newaliases
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
This can be installed in whatever search path you prefer
|
|
|
|
for your system.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.sh 3 "/usr/\*(SB/hoststat"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i hoststat
|
|
|
|
command should just be a link to
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail ,
|
|
|
|
in a fashion similar to
|
|
|
|
.i newaliases .
|
|
|
|
This command lists the status of the last mail transaction
|
|
|
|
with all remote hosts.
|
|
|
|
It functions only when the
|
|
|
|
.b HostStatusDirectory
|
|
|
|
option is set.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "/usr/\*(SB/purgestat"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
This command is also a link to
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail .
|
|
|
|
It flushes all information that is stored in the
|
|
|
|
.b HostStatusDirectory
|
|
|
|
tree.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.sh 3 "/var/spool/mqueue"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The directory
|
|
|
|
.i /var/spool/mqueue
|
|
|
|
should be created to hold the mail queue.
|
|
|
|
This directory should be mode 700
|
|
|
|
and owned by root.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The actual path of this directory
|
|
|
|
is defined in the
|
|
|
|
.b Q
|
|
|
|
option of the
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail.cf
|
|
|
|
file.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.sh 3 "/var/spool/mqueue/.hoststat"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
This is a typical value for the
|
|
|
|
.b HostStatusDirectory
|
|
|
|
option,
|
|
|
|
containing one file per host
|
|
|
|
that this sendmail has chatted with recently.
|
|
|
|
It is normally a subdirectory of
|
|
|
|
.i mqueue .
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.sh 3 "/etc/aliases*"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The system aliases are held in
|
|
|
|
.q /etc/aliases .
|
|
|
|
A sample is given in
|
|
|
|
.q lib/aliases
|
|
|
|
which includes some aliases which
|
|
|
|
.i must
|
|
|
|
be defined:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
cp lib/aliases /etc/aliases
|
|
|
|
.i "edit /etc/aliases"
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
You should extend this file with any aliases that are apropos to your system.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Normally
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
looks at a version of these files maintained by the
|
|
|
|
.i dbm \|(3)
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.i db \|(3)
|
|
|
|
routines.
|
|
|
|
These are stored either in
|
|
|
|
.q /etc/aliases.dir
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q /etc/aliases.pag
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.q /etc/aliases.db
|
|
|
|
depending on which database package you are using.
|
|
|
|
These can initially be created as empty files,
|
|
|
|
but they will have to be initialized promptly.
|
|
|
|
These should be mode 644:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
cp /dev/null /etc/aliases.dir
|
|
|
|
cp /dev/null /etc/aliases.pag
|
|
|
|
chmod 644 /etc/aliases.*
|
|
|
|
newaliases
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i db
|
|
|
|
routines preset the mode reasonably,
|
|
|
|
so this step can be skipped.
|
|
|
|
The actual path of this file
|
|
|
|
is defined in the
|
|
|
|
.b A
|
|
|
|
option of the
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail.cf
|
|
|
|
file.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "/etc/rc"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
It will be necessary to start up the
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
daemon when your system reboots.
|
|
|
|
This daemon performs two functions:
|
|
|
|
it listens on the SMTP socket for connections
|
|
|
|
(to receive mail from a remote system)
|
|
|
|
and it processes the queue periodically
|
|
|
|
to insure that mail gets delivered when hosts come up.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Add the following lines to
|
|
|
|
.q /etc/rc
|
|
|
|
(or
|
|
|
|
.q /etc/rc.local
|
|
|
|
as appropriate)
|
|
|
|
in the area where it is starting up the daemons:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
if [ \-f /usr/\*(SD/sendmail \-a \-f /etc/sendmail.cf ]; then
|
|
|
|
(cd /var/spool/mqueue; rm \-f [lnx]f*)
|
|
|
|
/usr/\*(SD/sendmail \-bd \-q30m &
|
|
|
|
echo \-n ' sendmail' >/dev/console
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.q cd
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q rm
|
|
|
|
commands insure that all lock files have been removed;
|
|
|
|
extraneous lock files may be left around
|
|
|
|
if the system goes down in the middle of processing a message.
|
|
|
|
The line that actually invokes
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
has two flags:
|
|
|
|
.q \-bd
|
|
|
|
causes it to listen on the SMTP port,
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q \-q30m
|
|
|
|
causes it to run the queue every half hour.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Some people use a more complex startup script,
|
|
|
|
removing zero length qf files and df files for which there is no qf file.
|
|
|
|
For example, see Figure 1
|
|
|
|
for an example of a complex startup script.
|
|
|
|
.(z
|
|
|
|
.hl
|
|
|
|
# remove zero length qf files
|
|
|
|
for qffile in qf*
|
|
|
|
do
|
|
|
|
if [ \-r $qffile ]
|
|
|
|
then
|
|
|
|
if [ ! \-s $qffile ]
|
|
|
|
then
|
|
|
|
echo \-n " <zero: $qffile>" > /dev/console
|
|
|
|
rm \-f $qffile
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
done
|
|
|
|
# rename tf files to be qf if the qf does not exist
|
|
|
|
for tffile in tf*
|
|
|
|
do
|
|
|
|
qffile=`echo $tffile | sed 's/t/q/'`
|
|
|
|
if [ \-r $tffile \-a ! \-f $qffile ]
|
|
|
|
then
|
|
|
|
echo \-n " <recovering: $tffile>" > /dev/console
|
|
|
|
mv $tffile $qffile
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
echo \-n " <extra: $tffile>" > /dev/console
|
|
|
|
rm \-f $tffile
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
done
|
|
|
|
# remove df files with no corresponding qf files
|
|
|
|
for dffile in df*
|
|
|
|
do
|
|
|
|
qffile=`echo $dffile | sed 's/d/q/'`
|
|
|
|
if [ \-r $dffile \-a ! \-f $qffile ]
|
|
|
|
then
|
|
|
|
echo \-n " <incomplete: $dffile>" > /dev/console
|
|
|
|
mv $dffile `echo $dffile | sed 's/d/D/'`
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
done
|
|
|
|
# announce files that have been saved during disaster recovery
|
|
|
|
for xffile in [A-Z]f*
|
|
|
|
do
|
|
|
|
echo \-n " <panic: $xffile>" > /dev/console
|
|
|
|
done
|
|
|
|
.sp
|
|
|
|
.ce
|
|
|
|
Figure 1 \(em A complex startup script
|
|
|
|
.hl
|
|
|
|
.)z
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If you are not running a version of UNIX
|
|
|
|
that supports Berkeley TCP/IP,
|
|
|
|
do not include the
|
|
|
|
.b \-bd
|
|
|
|
flag.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "/usr/lib/sendmail.hf"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
This is the help file used by the SMTP
|
|
|
|
.b HELP
|
|
|
|
command.
|
|
|
|
It should be copied from
|
|
|
|
.q lib/sendmail.hf :
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
cp lib/sendmail.hf /usr/lib
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
The actual path of this file
|
|
|
|
is defined in the
|
|
|
|
.b H
|
|
|
|
option of the
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail.cf
|
|
|
|
file.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "/etc/sendmail.st"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If you wish to collect statistics
|
|
|
|
about your mail traffic,
|
|
|
|
you should create the file
|
|
|
|
.q /etc/sendmail.st :
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
cp /dev/null /etc/sendmail.st
|
|
|
|
chmod 666 /etc/sendmail.st
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
This file does not grow.
|
|
|
|
It is printed with the program
|
|
|
|
.q mailstats/mailstats.c.
|
|
|
|
The actual path of this file
|
|
|
|
is defined in the
|
|
|
|
.b S
|
|
|
|
option of the
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail.cf
|
|
|
|
file.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "/usr/\*(SB/mailq"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
is invoked as
|
|
|
|
.q mailq,
|
|
|
|
it will simulate the
|
|
|
|
.b \-bp
|
|
|
|
flag
|
|
|
|
(i.e.,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will print the contents of the mail queue;
|
|
|
|
see below).
|
|
|
|
This should be a link to /usr/\*(SD/sendmail.
|
|
|
|
.sh 1 "NORMAL OPERATIONS"
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "The System Log"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The system log is supported by the
|
|
|
|
.i syslogd \|(8)
|
|
|
|
program.
|
|
|
|
All messages from
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
are logged under the
|
|
|
|
.sm LOG_MAIL
|
|
|
|
facility\**.
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**Except on Ultrix,
|
|
|
|
which does not support facilities in the syslog.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Format"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Each line in the system log
|
|
|
|
consists of a timestamp,
|
|
|
|
the name of the machine that generated it
|
|
|
|
(for logging from several machines
|
|
|
|
over the local area network),
|
|
|
|
the word
|
|
|
|
.q sendmail: ,
|
|
|
|
and a message\**.
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**This format may vary slightly if your vendor has changed
|
|
|
|
the syntax.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
Most messages are a sequence of
|
|
|
|
.i name \c
|
|
|
|
=\c
|
|
|
|
.i value
|
|
|
|
pairs.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The two most common lines are logged when a message is processed.
|
|
|
|
The first logs the receipt of a message;
|
|
|
|
there will be exactly one of these per message.
|
|
|
|
Some fields may be omitted if they do not contain interesting information.
|
|
|
|
Fields are:
|
|
|
|
.ip from
|
|
|
|
The envelope sender address.
|
|
|
|
.ip size
|
|
|
|
The size of the message in bytes.
|
|
|
|
.ip class
|
|
|
|
The class (i.e., numeric precedence) of the message.
|
|
|
|
.ip pri
|
|
|
|
The initial message priority (used for queue sorting).
|
|
|
|
.ip nrcpts
|
|
|
|
The number of envelope recipients for this message
|
|
|
|
(after aliasing and forwarding).
|
|
|
|
.ip msgid
|
|
|
|
The message id of the message (from the header).
|
|
|
|
.ip proto
|
|
|
|
The protocol used to receive this message (e.g., ESMTP or UUCP)
|
|
|
|
.ip relay
|
|
|
|
The machine from which it was received.
|
|
|
|
.lp
|
|
|
|
There is also one line logged per delivery attempt
|
|
|
|
(so there can be several per message if delivery is deferred
|
|
|
|
or there are multiple recipients).
|
|
|
|
Fields are:
|
|
|
|
.ip to
|
|
|
|
A comma-separated list of the recipients to this mailer.
|
|
|
|
.ip ctladdr
|
|
|
|
The ``controlling user'', that is, the name of the user
|
|
|
|
whose credentials we use for delivery.
|
|
|
|
.ip delay
|
|
|
|
The total delay between the time this message was received
|
|
|
|
and the time it was delivered.
|
|
|
|
.ip xdelay
|
|
|
|
The amount of time needed in this delivery attempt
|
|
|
|
(normally indicative of the speed of the connection).
|
|
|
|
.ip mailer
|
|
|
|
The name of the mailer used to deliver to this recipient.
|
|
|
|
.ip relay
|
|
|
|
The name of the host that actually accepted (or rejected) this recipient.
|
|
|
|
.ip stat
|
|
|
|
The delivery status.
|
|
|
|
.lp
|
|
|
|
Not all fields are present in all messages;
|
|
|
|
for example, the relay is not listed for local deliveries.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Levels"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If you have
|
|
|
|
.i syslogd \|(8)
|
|
|
|
or an equivalent installed,
|
|
|
|
you will be able to do logging.
|
|
|
|
There is a large amount of information that can be logged.
|
|
|
|
The log is arranged as a succession of levels.
|
|
|
|
At the lowest level
|
|
|
|
only extremely strange situations are logged.
|
|
|
|
At the highest level,
|
|
|
|
even the most mundane and uninteresting events
|
|
|
|
are recorded for posterity.
|
|
|
|
As a convention,
|
|
|
|
log levels under ten
|
|
|
|
are considered generally
|
|
|
|
.q useful;
|
|
|
|
log levels above 64
|
|
|
|
are reserved for debugging purposes.
|
|
|
|
Levels from 11\-64 are reserved for verbose information
|
|
|
|
that some sites might want.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
A complete description of the log levels
|
|
|
|
is given in section
|
|
|
|
.\" XREF
|
|
|
|
4.6.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Dumping State"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
You can ask
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
to log a dump of the open files
|
|
|
|
and the connection cache
|
|
|
|
by sending it a
|
|
|
|
.sm SIGUSR1
|
|
|
|
signal.
|
|
|
|
The results are logged at
|
|
|
|
.sm LOG_DEBUG
|
|
|
|
priority.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "The Mail Queue"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Sometimes a host cannot handle a message immediately.
|
|
|
|
For example, it may be down or overloaded, causing it to refuse connections.
|
|
|
|
The sending host is then expected to save this message in
|
|
|
|
its mail queue
|
|
|
|
and attempt to deliver it later.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Under normal conditions the mail queue will be processed transparently.
|
|
|
|
However, you may find that manual intervention is sometimes necessary.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
if a major host is down for a period of time
|
|
|
|
the queue may become clogged.
|
|
|
|
Although
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
ought to recover gracefully when the host comes up,
|
|
|
|
you may find performance unacceptably bad in the meantime.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Printing the queue"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The contents of the queue can be printed
|
|
|
|
using the
|
|
|
|
.i mailq
|
|
|
|
command
|
|
|
|
(or by specifying the
|
|
|
|
.b \-bp
|
|
|
|
flag to
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail ):
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
mailq
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
This will produce a listing of the queue id's,
|
|
|
|
the size of the message,
|
|
|
|
the date the message entered the queue,
|
|
|
|
and the sender and recipients.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Forcing the queue"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
should run the queue automatically
|
|
|
|
at intervals.
|
|
|
|
The algorithm is to read and sort the queue,
|
|
|
|
and then to attempt to process all jobs in order.
|
|
|
|
When it attempts to run the job,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
first checks to see if the job is locked.
|
|
|
|
If so, it ignores the job.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
There is no attempt to insure that only one queue processor
|
|
|
|
exists at any time,
|
|
|
|
since there is no guarantee that a job cannot take forever
|
|
|
|
to process
|
|
|
|
(however,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
does include heuristics to try to abort jobs
|
|
|
|
that are taking absurd amounts of time;
|
|
|
|
technically, this violates RFC 821, but is blessed by RFC 1123).
|
|
|
|
Due to the locking algorithm,
|
|
|
|
it is impossible for one job to freeze the entire queue.
|
|
|
|
However,
|
|
|
|
an uncooperative recipient host
|
|
|
|
or a program recipient
|
|
|
|
that never returns
|
|
|
|
can accumulate many processes in your system.
|
|
|
|
Unfortunately,
|
|
|
|
there is no completely general way to solve this.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
In some cases,
|
|
|
|
you may find that a major host going down
|
|
|
|
for a couple of days
|
|
|
|
may create a prohibitively large queue.
|
|
|
|
This will result in
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
spending an inordinate amount of time
|
|
|
|
sorting the queue.
|
|
|
|
This situation can be fixed by moving the queue to a temporary place
|
|
|
|
and creating a new queue.
|
|
|
|
The old queue can be run later when the offending host returns to service.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
To do this,
|
|
|
|
it is acceptable to move the entire queue directory:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
cd /var/spool
|
|
|
|
mv mqueue omqueue; mkdir mqueue; chmod 700 mqueue
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
You should then kill the existing daemon
|
|
|
|
(since it will still be processing in the old queue directory)
|
|
|
|
and create a new daemon.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
To run the old mail queue,
|
|
|
|
run the following command:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
/usr/\*(SD/sendmail \-oQ/var/spool/omqueue \-q
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b \-oQ
|
|
|
|
flag specifies an alternate queue directory
|
|
|
|
and the
|
|
|
|
.b \-q
|
|
|
|
flag says to just run every job in the queue.
|
|
|
|
If you have a tendency toward voyeurism,
|
|
|
|
you can use the
|
|
|
|
.b \-v
|
|
|
|
flag to watch what is going on.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
When the queue is finally emptied,
|
|
|
|
you can remove the directory:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
rmdir /var/spool/omqueue
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Disk Based Connection Information"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
stores a large amount of information about each remote system it
|
|
|
|
has connected to in memory. It is now possible to preserve some
|
|
|
|
of this information on disk as well, by using the
|
|
|
|
.b HostStatusDirectory
|
|
|
|
option, so that it may be shared between several invocations of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail .
|
|
|
|
This allows mail to be queued immediately or skipped during a queue run if
|
|
|
|
there has been a recent failure in connecting to a remote machine.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Additionally enabling
|
|
|
|
.b SingleThreadDelivery
|
|
|
|
has the added effect of single-threading mail delivery to a destination.
|
|
|
|
This can be quite helpful
|
|
|
|
if the remote machine is running an SMTP server that is easily overloaded
|
|
|
|
or cannot accept more than a single connection at a time,
|
|
|
|
but can cause some messages to be punted to a future queue run.
|
|
|
|
It also applies to
|
|
|
|
.i all
|
|
|
|
hosts, so setting this because you have one machine on site
|
|
|
|
that runs some software that is easily overrun
|
|
|
|
can cause mail to other hosts to be slowed down.
|
|
|
|
If this option is set,
|
|
|
|
you probably want to set the
|
|
|
|
.b MinQueueAge
|
|
|
|
option as well and run the queue fairly frequently;
|
|
|
|
this will cause hosts that are skipped because another
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
instance is talking to it to be tried again soon.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The disk based host information is stored in a subdirectory of of the
|
|
|
|
.b mqueue
|
|
|
|
directory called
|
|
|
|
.b \&.hoststat \**.
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**This is the usual value of the
|
|
|
|
.b HostStatusDirectory
|
|
|
|
option;
|
|
|
|
it can, of course, go anywhere you like in your filesystem.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
Removing this directory and its subdirectories has an effect similar to
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.i purgestat
|
|
|
|
command and is completely safe.
|
|
|
|
The information in these directories can
|
|
|
|
be perused with the
|
|
|
|
.i hoststat
|
|
|
|
command, which will indicate the host name, the last access, and the
|
|
|
|
status of that access.
|
|
|
|
An asterisk in the left most column indicates that a
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
process currently has the host locked for mail delivery.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The disk based connection information is treated the same way as memory based
|
|
|
|
connection information for the purpose of timeouts.
|
|
|
|
By default, information about host failures is valid for 30 minutes.
|
|
|
|
This can be adjusted with
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.b Timeout.hoststatus
|
|
|
|
option.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The connection information stored on disk may be purged at any time
|
|
|
|
with the
|
|
|
|
.i purgestat
|
|
|
|
command or by invoking sendmail with the
|
|
|
|
.b \-bH
|
|
|
|
switch.
|
|
|
|
The connection information may be viewed with the
|
|
|
|
.i hoststat
|
|
|
|
command or by invoking sendmail with the
|
|
|
|
.b \-bh
|
|
|
|
switch.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.sh 2 "The Service Switch"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The implementation of certain system services
|
|
|
|
such as host and user name lookup
|
|
|
|
is controlled by the service switch.
|
|
|
|
If the host operating system supports such a switch
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will use the native version.
|
|
|
|
Ultrix, Solaris, and DEC OSF/1 are examples of such systems.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If the underlying operating system does not support a service switch
|
|
|
|
(e.g., SunOS, HP-UX, BSD)
|
|
|
|
then
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will provide a stub implementation.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b ServiceSwitchFile
|
|
|
|
option points to the name of a file that has the service definitions
|
|
|
|
Each line has the name of a service
|
|
|
|
and the possible implementations of that service.
|
|
|
|
For example, the file:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
hosts dns files nis
|
|
|
|
aliases files nis
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
will ask
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
to look for hosts in the Domain Name System first.
|
|
|
|
If the requested host name is not found,
|
|
|
|
it tries local files,
|
|
|
|
and if that fails it tries NIS.
|
|
|
|
Similarly,
|
|
|
|
when looking for aliases
|
|
|
|
it will try the local files first
|
|
|
|
followed by NIS.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Service switches are not completely integrated.
|
|
|
|
For example, despite the fact that the host entry listed in the above example
|
|
|
|
specifies to look in NIS,
|
|
|
|
on SunOS this won't happen because the system implementation of
|
|
|
|
.i gethostbyname \|(3)
|
|
|
|
doesn't understand this.
|
|
|
|
If there is enough demand
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
may reimplement
|
|
|
|
.i gethostbyname \|(3),
|
|
|
|
.i gethostbyaddr \|(3),
|
|
|
|
.i getpwent \|(3),
|
|
|
|
and the other system routines that would be necessary
|
|
|
|
to make this work seamlessly.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "The Alias Database"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The alias database exists in two forms.
|
|
|
|
One is a text form,
|
|
|
|
maintained in the file
|
|
|
|
.i /etc/aliases.
|
|
|
|
The aliases are of the form
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
name: name1, name2, ...
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
Only local names may be aliased;
|
|
|
|
e.g.,
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
eric@prep.ai.MIT.EDU: eric@CS.Berkeley.EDU
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
will not have the desired effect
|
|
|
|
(except on prep.ai.MIT.EDU,
|
|
|
|
and they probably don't want me)\**.
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**Actually, any mailer that has the `A' mailer flag set
|
|
|
|
will permit aliasing;
|
|
|
|
this is normally limited to the local mailer.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
Aliases may be continued by starting any continuation lines
|
|
|
|
with a space or a tab.
|
|
|
|
Blank lines and lines beginning with a sharp sign
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.q # )
|
|
|
|
are comments.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The second form is processed by the
|
|
|
|
.i ndbm \|(3)\**
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**The
|
|
|
|
.i gdbm
|
|
|
|
package probably works as well.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.i db \|(3)
|
|
|
|
library.
|
|
|
|
This form is in the files
|
|
|
|
.i /etc/aliases.dir
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.i /etc/aliases.pag.
|
|
|
|
This is the form that
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
actually uses to resolve aliases.
|
|
|
|
This technique is used to improve performance.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The control of search order is actually set by the service switch.
|
|
|
|
Essentially, the entry
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
OAswitch:aliases
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
is always added as the first alias entry;
|
|
|
|
also, the first alias file name without a class
|
|
|
|
(e.g., without
|
|
|
|
.q nis:
|
|
|
|
on the front)
|
|
|
|
will be used as the name of the file for a ``files'' entry
|
|
|
|
in the aliases switch.
|
|
|
|
For example, if the configuration file contains
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
OA/etc/aliases
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
and the service switch contains
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
aliases nis files nisplus
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
then aliases will first be searched in the NIS database,
|
|
|
|
then in /etc/aliases,
|
|
|
|
then in the NIS+ database.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
You can also use
|
|
|
|
.sm NIS -based
|
|
|
|
alias files.
|
|
|
|
For example, the specification:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
OA/etc/aliases
|
|
|
|
OAnis:mail.aliases@my.nis.domain
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
will first search the /etc/aliases file
|
|
|
|
and then the map named
|
|
|
|
.q mail.aliases
|
|
|
|
in
|
|
|
|
.q my.nis.domain .
|
|
|
|
Warning: if you build your own
|
|
|
|
.sm NIS -based
|
|
|
|
alias files,
|
|
|
|
be sure to provide the
|
|
|
|
.b \-l
|
|
|
|
flag to
|
|
|
|
.i makedbm (8)
|
|
|
|
to map upper case letters in the keys to lower case;
|
|
|
|
otherwise, aliases with upper case letters in their names
|
|
|
|
won't match incoming addresses.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Additional flags can be added after the colon
|
|
|
|
exactly like a
|
|
|
|
.b K
|
|
|
|
line \(em for example:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
OAnis:\-N mail.aliases@my.nis.domain
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
will search the appropriate NIS map and always include null bytes in the key.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Rebuilding the alias database"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The DB or DBM version of the database
|
|
|
|
may be rebuilt explicitly by executing the command
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
newaliases
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
This is equivalent to giving
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.b \-bi
|
|
|
|
flag:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
/usr/\*(SD/sendmail \-bi
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If the
|
|
|
|
.b RebuildAliases
|
|
|
|
(old
|
|
|
|
.b D )
|
|
|
|
option is specified in the configuration,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will rebuild the alias database automatically
|
|
|
|
if possible
|
|
|
|
when it is out of date.
|
|
|
|
Auto-rebuild can be dangerous
|
|
|
|
on heavily loaded machines
|
|
|
|
with large alias files;
|
|
|
|
if it might take more than the rebuild timeout
|
|
|
|
(option
|
|
|
|
.b AliasWait ,
|
|
|
|
old
|
|
|
|
.b a ,
|
|
|
|
which is normally five minutes)
|
|
|
|
to rebuild the database,
|
|
|
|
there is a chance that several processes will start the rebuild process
|
|
|
|
simultaneously.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If you have multiple aliases databases specified,
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.b \-bi
|
|
|
|
flag rebuilds all the database types it understands
|
|
|
|
(for example, it can rebuild NDBM databases but not NIS databases).
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Potential problems"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
There are a number of problems that can occur
|
|
|
|
with the alias database.
|
|
|
|
They all result from a
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
process accessing the DBM version
|
|
|
|
while it is only partially built.
|
|
|
|
This can happen under two circumstances:
|
|
|
|
One process accesses the database
|
|
|
|
while another process is rebuilding it,
|
|
|
|
or the process rebuilding the database dies
|
|
|
|
(due to being killed or a system crash)
|
|
|
|
before completing the rebuild.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Sendmail has three techniques to try to relieve these problems.
|
|
|
|
First, it ignores interrupts while rebuilding the database;
|
|
|
|
this avoids the problem of someone aborting the process
|
|
|
|
leaving a partially rebuilt database.
|
|
|
|
Second,
|
|
|
|
it locks the database source file during the rebuild \(em
|
|
|
|
but that may not work over NFS or if the file is unwritable.
|
|
|
|
Third,
|
|
|
|
at the end of the rebuild
|
|
|
|
it adds an alias of the form
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
@: @
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
(which is not normally legal).
|
|
|
|
Before
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will access the database,
|
|
|
|
it checks to insure that this entry exists\**.
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**The
|
|
|
|
.b AliasWait
|
|
|
|
option is required in the configuration
|
|
|
|
for this action to occur.
|
|
|
|
This should normally be specified.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "List owners"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If an error occurs on sending to a certain address,
|
|
|
|
say
|
|
|
|
.q \fIx\fP ,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will look for an alias
|
|
|
|
of the form
|
|
|
|
.q owner-\fIx\fP
|
|
|
|
to receive the errors.
|
|
|
|
This is typically useful
|
|
|
|
for a mailing list
|
|
|
|
where the submitter of the list
|
|
|
|
has no control over the maintenance of the list itself;
|
|
|
|
in this case the list maintainer would be the owner of the list.
|
|
|
|
For example:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
unix-wizards: eric@ucbarpa, wnj@monet, nosuchuser,
|
|
|
|
sam@matisse
|
|
|
|
owner-unix-wizards: unix-wizards-request
|
|
|
|
unix-wizards-request: eric@ucbarpa
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
would cause
|
|
|
|
.q eric@ucbarpa
|
|
|
|
to get the error that will occur
|
|
|
|
when someone sends to
|
|
|
|
unix-wizards
|
|
|
|
due to the inclusion of
|
|
|
|
.q nosuchuser
|
|
|
|
on the list.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
List owners also cause the envelope sender address to be modified.
|
|
|
|
The contents of the owner alias are used if they point to a single user,
|
|
|
|
otherwise the name of the alias itself is used.
|
|
|
|
For this reason, and to obey Internet conventions,
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.q owner-
|
|
|
|
address normally points at the
|
|
|
|
.q -request
|
|
|
|
address; this causes messages to go out with the typical Internet convention
|
|
|
|
of using ``\c
|
|
|
|
.i list -request''
|
|
|
|
as the return address.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "User Information Database"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If you have a version of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
with the user information database
|
|
|
|
compiled in,
|
|
|
|
and you have specified one or more databases using the
|
|
|
|
.b U
|
|
|
|
option,
|
|
|
|
the databases will be searched for a
|
|
|
|
.i user :maildrop
|
|
|
|
entry.
|
|
|
|
If found, the mail will be sent to the specified address.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Per-User Forwarding (.forward Files)"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
As an alternative to the alias database,
|
|
|
|
any user may put a file with the name
|
|
|
|
.q .forward
|
|
|
|
in his or her home directory.
|
|
|
|
If this file exists,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
redirects mail for that user
|
|
|
|
to the list of addresses listed in the .forward file.
|
|
|
|
For example, if the home directory for user
|
|
|
|
.q mckusick
|
|
|
|
has a .forward file with contents:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
mckusick@ernie
|
|
|
|
kirk@calder
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
then any mail arriving for
|
|
|
|
.q mckusick
|
|
|
|
will be redirected to the specified accounts.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Actually, the configuration file defines a sequence of filenames to check.
|
|
|
|
By default, this is the user's .forward file,
|
|
|
|
but can be defined to be more generally using the
|
|
|
|
.b J
|
|
|
|
option.
|
|
|
|
If you change this,
|
|
|
|
you will have to inform your user base of the change;
|
|
|
|
\&.forward is pretty well incorporated into the collective subconscious.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Special Header Lines"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Several header lines have special interpretations
|
|
|
|
defined by the configuration file.
|
|
|
|
Others have interpretations built into
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
that cannot be changed without changing the code.
|
|
|
|
These builtins are described here.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Errors-To:"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If errors occur anywhere during processing,
|
|
|
|
this header will cause error messages to go to
|
|
|
|
the listed addresses.
|
|
|
|
This is intended for mailing lists.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The Errors-To: header was created in the bad old days
|
|
|
|
when UUCP didn't understand the distinction between an envelope and a header;
|
|
|
|
this was a hack to provide what should now be passed
|
|
|
|
as the envelope sender address.
|
|
|
|
It should go away.
|
|
|
|
It is only used if the
|
|
|
|
.b UseErrorsTo
|
|
|
|
option is set.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The Errors-To: header is official deprecated
|
|
|
|
and will go away in a future release.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Apparently-To:"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
RFC 822 requires at least one recipient field
|
|
|
|
(To:, Cc:, or Bcc: line)
|
|
|
|
in every message.
|
|
|
|
If a message comes in with no recipients listed in the message
|
|
|
|
then
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will adjust the header based on the
|
|
|
|
.q NoRecipientAction
|
|
|
|
option.
|
|
|
|
One of the possible actions is to add an
|
|
|
|
.q "Apparently-To:"
|
|
|
|
header line for any recipients it is aware of.
|
|
|
|
This is not put in as a standard recipient line
|
|
|
|
to warn any recipients that the list is not complete.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The Apparently-To: header is non-standard
|
|
|
|
and is deprecated.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Precedence"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The Precedence: header can be used as a crude control of message priority.
|
|
|
|
It tweaks the sort order in the queue
|
|
|
|
and can be configured to change the message timeout values.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "IDENT Protocol Support"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
supports the IDENT protocol as defined in RFC 1413.
|
|
|
|
Although this enhances identification
|
|
|
|
of the author of an email message
|
|
|
|
by doing a ``call back'' to the originating system to include
|
|
|
|
the owner of a particular TCP connection
|
|
|
|
in the audit trail
|
|
|
|
it is in no sense perfect;
|
|
|
|
a determined forger can easily spoof the IDENT protocol.
|
|
|
|
The following description is excerpted from RFC 1413:
|
|
|
|
.ba +5
|
|
|
|
.lp
|
|
|
|
6. Security Considerations
|
|
|
|
.lp
|
|
|
|
The information returned by this protocol is at most as trustworthy
|
|
|
|
as the host providing it OR the organization operating the host. For
|
|
|
|
example, a PC in an open lab has few if any controls on it to prevent
|
|
|
|
a user from having this protocol return any identifier the user
|
|
|
|
wants. Likewise, if the host has been compromised the information
|
|
|
|
returned may be completely erroneous and misleading.
|
|
|
|
.lp
|
|
|
|
The Identification Protocol is not intended as an authorization or
|
|
|
|
access control protocol. At best, it provides some additional
|
|
|
|
auditing information with respect to TCP connections. At worst, it
|
|
|
|
can provide misleading, incorrect, or maliciously incorrect
|
|
|
|
information.
|
|
|
|
.lp
|
|
|
|
The use of the information returned by this protocol for other than
|
|
|
|
auditing is strongly discouraged. Specifically, using Identification
|
|
|
|
Protocol information to make access control decisions - either as the
|
|
|
|
primary method (i.e., no other checks) or as an adjunct to other
|
|
|
|
methods may result in a weakening of normal host security.
|
|
|
|
.lp
|
|
|
|
An Identification server may reveal information about users,
|
|
|
|
entities, objects or processes which might normally be considered
|
|
|
|
private. An Identification server provides service which is a rough
|
|
|
|
analog of the CallerID services provided by some phone companies and
|
|
|
|
many of the same privacy considerations and arguments that apply to
|
|
|
|
the CallerID service apply to Identification. If you wouldn't run a
|
|
|
|
"finger" server due to privacy considerations you may not want to run
|
|
|
|
this protocol.
|
|
|
|
.ba
|
|
|
|
.lp
|
|
|
|
In some cases your system may not work properly with IDENT support
|
|
|
|
due to a bug in the TCP/IP implementation.
|
|
|
|
The symptoms will be that for some hosts
|
|
|
|
the SMTP connection will be closed
|
|
|
|
almost immediately.
|
|
|
|
If this is true or if you do not want to use IDENT,
|
|
|
|
you should set the IDENT timeout to zero;
|
|
|
|
this will disable the IDENT protocol.
|
|
|
|
.sh 1 "ARGUMENTS"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The complete list of arguments to
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
is described in detail in Appendix A.
|
|
|
|
Some important arguments are described here.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Queue Interval"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The amount of time between forking a process
|
|
|
|
to run through the queue
|
|
|
|
is defined by the
|
|
|
|
.b \-q
|
|
|
|
flag.
|
|
|
|
If you run with delivery mode set to
|
|
|
|
.b i
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.b b
|
|
|
|
this can be relatively large,
|
|
|
|
since it will only be relevant
|
|
|
|
when a host that was down comes back up.
|
|
|
|
If you run in
|
|
|
|
.b q
|
|
|
|
mode
|
|
|
|
it should be relatively short,
|
|
|
|
since it defines the maximum amount of time that a message
|
|
|
|
may sit in the queue.
|
|
|
|
(See also the MinQueueAge option.)
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
RFC 1123 section 5.3.1.1 says that this value should be at least 30 minutes
|
|
|
|
(although that probably doesn't make sense if you use ``queue-only'' mode).
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Daemon Mode"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If you allow incoming mail over an IPC connection,
|
|
|
|
you should have a daemon running.
|
|
|
|
This should be set by your
|
|
|
|
.i /etc/rc
|
|
|
|
file using the
|
|
|
|
.b \-bd
|
|
|
|
flag.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b \-bd
|
|
|
|
flag and the
|
|
|
|
.b \-q
|
|
|
|
flag may be combined in one call:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
/usr/\*(SD/sendmail \-bd \-q30m
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
An alternative approach is to invoke sendmail from
|
|
|
|
.i inetd (8)
|
|
|
|
(use the
|
|
|
|
.b \-bs
|
|
|
|
flag to ask sendmail to speak SMTP on its standard input and output).
|
|
|
|
This works and allows you to wrap
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
in a TCP wrapper program,
|
|
|
|
but may be a bit slower since the configuration file
|
|
|
|
has to be re-read on every message that comes in.
|
|
|
|
If you do this, you still need to have a
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
running to flush the queue:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
/usr/\*(SD/sendmail \-q30m
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Forcing the Queue"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
In some cases you may find that the queue has gotten clogged for some reason.
|
|
|
|
You can force a queue run
|
|
|
|
using the
|
|
|
|
.b \-q
|
|
|
|
flag (with no value).
|
|
|
|
It is entertaining to use the
|
|
|
|
.b \-v
|
|
|
|
flag (verbose)
|
|
|
|
when this is done to watch what happens:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
/usr/\*(SD/sendmail \-q \-v
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
You can also limit the jobs to those with a particular queue identifier,
|
|
|
|
sender, or recipient
|
|
|
|
using one of the queue modifiers.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
.q \-qRberkeley
|
|
|
|
restricts the queue run to jobs that have the string
|
|
|
|
.q berkeley
|
|
|
|
somewhere in one of the recipient addresses.
|
|
|
|
Similarly,
|
|
|
|
.q \-qSstring
|
|
|
|
limits the run to particular senders and
|
|
|
|
.q \-qIstring
|
|
|
|
limits it to particular queue identifiers.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Debugging"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
There are a fairly large number of debug flags
|
|
|
|
built into
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail .
|
|
|
|
Each debug flag has a number and a level,
|
|
|
|
where higher levels means to print out more information.
|
|
|
|
The convention is that levels greater than nine are
|
|
|
|
.q absurd,
|
|
|
|
i.e.,
|
|
|
|
they print out so much information that you wouldn't normally
|
|
|
|
want to see them except for debugging that particular piece of code.
|
|
|
|
Debug flags are set using the
|
|
|
|
.b \-d
|
|
|
|
option;
|
|
|
|
the syntax is:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
.ta \w'debug-option 'u
|
|
|
|
debug-flag: \fB\-d\fP debug-list
|
|
|
|
debug-list: debug-option [ , debug-option ]*
|
|
|
|
debug-option: debug-range [ . debug-level ]
|
|
|
|
debug-range: integer | integer \- integer
|
|
|
|
debug-level: integer
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
where spaces are for reading ease only.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
\-d12 Set flag 12 to level 1
|
|
|
|
\-d12.3 Set flag 12 to level 3
|
|
|
|
\-d3\-17 Set flags 3 through 17 to level 1
|
|
|
|
\-d3\-17.4 Set flags 3 through 17 to level 4
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
For a complete list of the available debug flags
|
|
|
|
you will have to look at the code
|
|
|
|
(they are too dynamic to keep this documentation up to date).
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Changing the Values of Options"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Options can be overridden using the
|
|
|
|
.b \-o
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.b \-O
|
|
|
|
command line flags.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
/usr/\*(SD/sendmail \-oT2m
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
sets the
|
|
|
|
.b T
|
|
|
|
(timeout) option to two minutes
|
|
|
|
for this run only;
|
|
|
|
the equivalent line using the long option name is
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
/usr/\*(SD/sendmail -OTimeout.queuereturn=2m
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Some options have security implications.
|
|
|
|
Sendmail allows you to set these,
|
|
|
|
but relinquishes its setuid root permissions thereafter\**.
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**That is, it sets its effective uid to the real uid;
|
|
|
|
thus, if you are executing as root,
|
|
|
|
as from root's crontab file or during system startup
|
|
|
|
the root permissions will still be honored.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Trying a Different Configuration File"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
An alternative configuration file
|
|
|
|
can be specified using the
|
|
|
|
.b \-C
|
|
|
|
flag; for example,
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
/usr/\*(SD/sendmail \-Ctest.cf \-oQ/tmp/mqueue
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
uses the configuration file
|
|
|
|
.i test.cf
|
|
|
|
instead of the default
|
|
|
|
.i /etc/sendmail.cf.
|
|
|
|
If the
|
|
|
|
.b \-C
|
|
|
|
flag has no value
|
|
|
|
it defaults to
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail.cf
|
|
|
|
in the current directory.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
gives up its setuid root permissions
|
|
|
|
when you use this flag, so it is common to use a publicly writable directory
|
|
|
|
(such as /tmp)
|
|
|
|
as the spool directory (QueueDirectory or Q option) while testing.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Logging Traffic"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Many SMTP implementations do not fully implement the protocol.
|
|
|
|
For example, some personal computer based SMTPs
|
|
|
|
do not understand continuation lines in reply codes.
|
|
|
|
These can be very hard to trace.
|
|
|
|
If you suspect such a problem, you can set traffic logging using the
|
|
|
|
.b \-X
|
|
|
|
flag.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
/usr/\*(SD/sendmail \-X /tmp/traffic \-bd
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
will log all traffic in the file
|
|
|
|
.i /tmp/traffic .
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
This logs a lot of data very quickly and should
|
|
|
|
.b NEVER
|
|
|
|
be used
|
|
|
|
during normal operations.
|
|
|
|
After starting up such a daemon,
|
|
|
|
force the errant implementation to send a message to your host.
|
|
|
|
All message traffic in and out of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail ,
|
|
|
|
including the incoming SMTP traffic,
|
|
|
|
will be logged in this file.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Testing Configuration Files"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
When you build a configuration table,
|
|
|
|
you can do a certain amount of testing
|
|
|
|
using the
|
|
|
|
.q "test mode"
|
|
|
|
of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail .
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
you could invoke
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
as:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
sendmail \-bt \-Ctest.cf
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
which would read the configuration file
|
|
|
|
.q test.cf
|
|
|
|
and enter test mode.
|
|
|
|
In this mode,
|
|
|
|
you enter lines of the form:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
rwset address
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
where
|
|
|
|
.i rwset
|
|
|
|
is the rewriting set you want to use
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.i address
|
|
|
|
is an address to apply the set to.
|
|
|
|
Test mode shows you the steps it takes
|
|
|
|
as it proceeds,
|
|
|
|
finally showing you the address it ends up with.
|
|
|
|
You may use a comma separated list of rwsets
|
|
|
|
for sequential application of rules to an input.
|
|
|
|
For example:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
3,1,21,4 monet:bollard
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
first applies ruleset three to the input
|
|
|
|
.q monet:bollard.
|
|
|
|
Ruleset one is then applied to the output of ruleset three,
|
|
|
|
followed similarly by rulesets twenty-one and four.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If you need more detail,
|
|
|
|
you can also use the
|
|
|
|
.q \-d21
|
|
|
|
flag to turn on more debugging.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
sendmail \-bt \-d21.99
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
turns on an incredible amount of information;
|
|
|
|
a single word address
|
|
|
|
is probably going to print out several pages worth of information.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
You should be warned that internally,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
applies ruleset 3 to all addresses.
|
|
|
|
In test mode
|
|
|
|
you will have to do that manually.
|
|
|
|
For example, older versions allowed you to use
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
0 bruce@broadcast.sony.com
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
This version requires that you use:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
3,0 bruce@broadcast.sony.com
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
As of version 8.7,
|
|
|
|
some other syntaxes are available in test mode:
|
|
|
|
.bu
|
|
|
|
\&.D\|x\|value
|
|
|
|
defines macro
|
|
|
|
.i x
|
|
|
|
to have the indicated
|
|
|
|
.i value .
|
|
|
|
This is useful when debugging rules that use the
|
|
|
|
.b $& \c
|
|
|
|
.i x
|
|
|
|
syntax.
|
|
|
|
.bu
|
|
|
|
\&.C\|c\|value
|
|
|
|
adds the indicated
|
|
|
|
.i value
|
|
|
|
to class
|
|
|
|
.i c .
|
|
|
|
.bu
|
|
|
|
\&.S\|ruleset
|
|
|
|
dumps the contents of the indicated ruleset.
|
|
|
|
.bu
|
|
|
|
\-d\|debug-spec
|
|
|
|
is equivalent to the command-line flag.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Persistent Host Status Information"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
When
|
|
|
|
.b HostStatusDirectory
|
|
|
|
is enabled,
|
|
|
|
information about the status of hosts is maintained on disk
|
|
|
|
and can thus be shared between different instantiations of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail .
|
|
|
|
The status of the last connection with each remote host
|
|
|
|
may be viewed with the command:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
sendmail \-bh
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
This information may be flushed with the command:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
sendmail \-bH
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
Flushing the information prevents new
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
processes from loading it,
|
|
|
|
but does not prevent existing processes from using the status information
|
|
|
|
that they already have.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.sh 1 "TUNING"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
There are a number of configuration parameters
|
|
|
|
you may want to change,
|
|
|
|
depending on the requirements of your site.
|
|
|
|
Most of these are set
|
|
|
|
using an option in the configuration file.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
the line
|
|
|
|
.q "O Timeout.queuereturn=5d"
|
|
|
|
sets option
|
|
|
|
.q Timeout.queuereturn
|
|
|
|
to the value
|
|
|
|
.q 5d
|
|
|
|
(five days).
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Most of these options have appropriate defaults for most sites.
|
|
|
|
However,
|
|
|
|
sites having very high mail loads may find they need to tune them
|
|
|
|
as appropriate for their mail load.
|
|
|
|
In particular,
|
|
|
|
sites experiencing a large number of small messages,
|
|
|
|
many of which are delivered to many recipients,
|
|
|
|
may find that they need to adjust the parameters
|
|
|
|
dealing with queue priorities.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
All versions of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
prior to 8.7
|
|
|
|
had single character option names.
|
|
|
|
As of 8.7,
|
|
|
|
options have long (multi-character names).
|
|
|
|
Although old short names are still accepted,
|
|
|
|
most new options do not have short equivalents.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
This section only describes the options you are most likely
|
|
|
|
to want to tweak;
|
|
|
|
read section
|
|
|
|
.\"XREF
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
for more details.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Timeouts"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
All time intervals are set
|
|
|
|
using a scaled syntax.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
.q 10m
|
|
|
|
represents ten minutes, whereas
|
|
|
|
.q 2h30m
|
|
|
|
represents two and a half hours.
|
|
|
|
The full set of scales is:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
.ta 4n
|
|
|
|
s seconds
|
|
|
|
m minutes
|
|
|
|
h hours
|
|
|
|
d days
|
|
|
|
w weeks
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Queue interval"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The argument to the
|
|
|
|
.b \-q
|
|
|
|
flag
|
|
|
|
specifies how often a sub-daemon will run the queue.
|
|
|
|
This is typically set to between fifteen minutes
|
|
|
|
and one hour.
|
|
|
|
RFC 1123 section 5.3.1.1 recommends that this be at least 30 minutes.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Read timeouts"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Timeouts all have option names
|
|
|
|
.q Timeout.\fIsuboption\fP .
|
|
|
|
The recognized
|
|
|
|
.i suboption s,
|
|
|
|
their default values, and the minimum values
|
|
|
|
allowed by RFC 1123 section 5.3.2 are:
|
|
|
|
.nr ii 1i
|
|
|
|
.ip connect
|
|
|
|
The time to wait for an SMTP connection to open
|
|
|
|
(the
|
|
|
|
.i connect (2)
|
|
|
|
system call)
|
|
|
|
[0, unspecified].
|
|
|
|
If zero, uses the kernel default.
|
|
|
|
In no case can this option extend the timeout
|
|
|
|
longer than the kernel provides, but it can shorten it.
|
|
|
|
This is to get around kernels that provide an absurdly long connection timeout
|
|
|
|
(90 minutes in one case).
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip iconnect
|
|
|
|
The same as
|
|
|
|
.i connect,
|
|
|
|
except it applies only to the initial attempt to connect to a host
|
|
|
|
for a given message
|
|
|
|
[0, unspecified].
|
|
|
|
The concept is that this should be very short (a few seconds);
|
|
|
|
hosts that are well connected and responsive will thus be serviced immediately.
|
|
|
|
Hosts that are slow will not hold up other deliveries in the initial
|
|
|
|
delivery attempt.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip initial
|
|
|
|
The wait for the initial 220 greeting message
|
|
|
|
[5m, 5m].
|
|
|
|
.ip helo
|
|
|
|
The wait for a reply from a HELO or EHLO command
|
|
|
|
[5m, unspecified].
|
|
|
|
This may require a host name lookup, so
|
|
|
|
five minutes is probably a reasonable minimum.
|
|
|
|
.ip mail\(dg
|
|
|
|
The wait for a reply from a MAIL command
|
|
|
|
[10m, 5m].
|
|
|
|
.ip rcpt\(dg
|
|
|
|
The wait for a reply from a RCPT command
|
|
|
|
[1h, 5m].
|
|
|
|
This should be long
|
|
|
|
because it could be pointing at a list
|
|
|
|
that takes a long time to expand
|
|
|
|
(see below).
|
|
|
|
.ip datainit\(dg
|
|
|
|
The wait for a reply from a DATA command
|
|
|
|
[5m, 2m].
|
|
|
|
.ip datablock\(dg
|
|
|
|
The wait for reading a data block
|
|
|
|
(that is, the body of the message).
|
|
|
|
[1h, 3m].
|
|
|
|
This should be long because it also applies to programs
|
|
|
|
piping input to
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
which have no guarantee of promptness.
|
|
|
|
.ip datafinal\(dg
|
|
|
|
The wait for a reply from the dot terminating a message.
|
|
|
|
[1h, 10m].
|
|
|
|
If this is shorter than the time actually needed
|
|
|
|
for the receiver to deliver the message,
|
|
|
|
duplicates will be generated.
|
|
|
|
This is discussed in RFC 1047.
|
|
|
|
.ip rset
|
|
|
|
The wait for a reply from a RSET command
|
|
|
|
[5m, unspecified].
|
|
|
|
.ip quit
|
|
|
|
The wait for a reply from a QUIT command
|
|
|
|
[2m, unspecified].
|
|
|
|
.ip misc
|
|
|
|
The wait for a reply from miscellaneous (but short) commands
|
|
|
|
such as NOOP (no-operation) and VERB (go into verbose mode).
|
|
|
|
[2m, unspecified].
|
|
|
|
.ip command\(dg
|
|
|
|
In server SMTP,
|
|
|
|
the time to wait for another command.
|
|
|
|
[1h, 5m].
|
|
|
|
.ip ident
|
|
|
|
The timeout waiting for a reply to an IDENT query
|
|
|
|
[30s\**, unspecified].
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**On some systems the default is zero to turn the protocol off entirely.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
.lp
|
|
|
|
For compatibility with old configuration files,
|
|
|
|
if no
|
|
|
|
.i suboption
|
|
|
|
is specified,
|
|
|
|
all the timeouts marked with \(dg are set to the indicated value.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Many of the RFC 1123 minimum values
|
|
|
|
may well be too short.
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
was designed to the RFC 822 protocols,
|
|
|
|
which did not specify read timeouts;
|
|
|
|
hence, versions of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
prior to version 8.1 did not guarantee to reply to messages promptly.
|
|
|
|
In particular, a
|
|
|
|
.q RCPT
|
|
|
|
command specifying a mailing list
|
|
|
|
will expand and verify the entire list;
|
|
|
|
a large list on a slow system
|
|
|
|
may easily take more than five minutes\**.
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**This verification includes looking up every address
|
|
|
|
with the name server;
|
|
|
|
this involves network delays,
|
|
|
|
and can in some cases can be considerable.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
I recommend a one hour timeout \*-
|
|
|
|
since a communications failure during the RCPT phase is rare,
|
|
|
|
a long timeout is not onerous
|
|
|
|
and may ultimately help reduce network load
|
|
|
|
and duplicated messages.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
For example, the lines:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
O Timeout.command=25m
|
|
|
|
O Timeout.datablock=3h
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
sets the server SMTP command timeout to 25 minutes
|
|
|
|
and the input data block timeout to three hours.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Message timeouts"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
After sitting in the queue for a few days,
|
|
|
|
a message will time out.
|
|
|
|
This is to insure that at least the sender is aware
|
|
|
|
of the inability to send a message.
|
|
|
|
The timeout is typically set to five days.
|
|
|
|
It is sometimes considered convenient to also send a warning message
|
|
|
|
if the message is in the queue longer than a few hours
|
|
|
|
(assuming you normally have good connectivity;
|
|
|
|
if your messages normally took several hours to send
|
|
|
|
you wouldn't want to do this because it wouldn't be an unusual event).
|
|
|
|
These timeouts are set using the
|
|
|
|
.b Timeout.queuereturn
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b Timeout.queuewarn
|
|
|
|
options in the configuration file
|
|
|
|
(previously both were set using the
|
|
|
|
.b T
|
|
|
|
option).
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Since these options are global,
|
|
|
|
and since you can not know
|
|
|
|
.i "a priori"
|
|
|
|
how long another host outside your domain will be down,
|
|
|
|
a five day timeout is recommended.
|
|
|
|
This allows a recipient to fix the problem even if it occurs
|
|
|
|
at the beginning of a long weekend.
|
|
|
|
RFC 1123 section 5.3.1.1 says that this parameter
|
|
|
|
should be ``at least 4\-5 days''.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b Timeout.queuewarn
|
|
|
|
value can be piggybacked on the
|
|
|
|
.b T
|
|
|
|
option by indicating a time after which
|
|
|
|
a warning message should be sent;
|
|
|
|
the two timeouts are separated by a slash.
|
|
|
|
For example, the line
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
OT5d/4h
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
causes email to fail after five days,
|
|
|
|
but a warning message will be sent after four hours.
|
|
|
|
This should be large enough that the message will have been tried
|
|
|
|
several times.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Forking During Queue Runs"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
By setting the
|
|
|
|
.b ForkEachJob
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.b Y )
|
|
|
|
option,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will fork before each individual message
|
|
|
|
while running the queue.
|
|
|
|
This will prevent
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
from consuming large amounts of memory,
|
|
|
|
so it may be useful in memory-poor environments.
|
|
|
|
However, if the
|
|
|
|
.b ForkEachJob
|
|
|
|
option is not set,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will keep track of hosts that are down during a queue run,
|
|
|
|
which can improve performance dramatically.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If the
|
|
|
|
.b ForkEachJob
|
|
|
|
option is set,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
can not use connection caching.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Queue Priorities"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Every message is assigned a priority when it is first instantiated,
|
|
|
|
consisting of the message size (in bytes)
|
|
|
|
offset by the message class
|
|
|
|
(which is determined from the Precedence: header)
|
|
|
|
times the
|
|
|
|
.q "work class factor"
|
|
|
|
and the number of recipients times the
|
|
|
|
.q "work recipient factor."
|
|
|
|
The priority is used to order the queue.
|
|
|
|
Higher numbers for the priority mean that the message will be processed later
|
|
|
|
when running the queue.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The message size is included so that large messages are penalized
|
|
|
|
relative to small messages.
|
|
|
|
The message class allows users to send
|
|
|
|
.q "high priority"
|
|
|
|
messages by including a
|
|
|
|
.q Precedence:
|
|
|
|
field in their message;
|
|
|
|
the value of this field is looked up in the
|
|
|
|
.b P
|
|
|
|
lines of the configuration file.
|
|
|
|
Since the number of recipients affects the amount of load a message presents
|
|
|
|
to the system,
|
|
|
|
this is also included into the priority.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The recipient and class factors
|
|
|
|
can be set in the configuration file using the
|
|
|
|
.b RecipientFactor
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.b y )
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b ClassFactor
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.b z )
|
|
|
|
options respectively.
|
|
|
|
They default to 30000 (for the recipient factor)
|
|
|
|
and 1800
|
|
|
|
(for the class factor).
|
|
|
|
The initial priority is:
|
|
|
|
.EQ
|
|
|
|
pri = msgsize - (class times bold ClassFactor) + (nrcpt times bold RecipientFactor)
|
|
|
|
.EN
|
|
|
|
(Remember, higher values for this parameter actually mean
|
|
|
|
that the job will be treated with lower priority.)
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The priority of a job can also be adjusted each time it is processed
|
|
|
|
(that is, each time an attempt is made to deliver it)
|
|
|
|
using the
|
|
|
|
.q "work time factor,"
|
|
|
|
set by the
|
|
|
|
.b RetryFactor
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.b Z )
|
|
|
|
option.
|
|
|
|
This is added to the priority,
|
|
|
|
so it normally decreases the precedence of the job,
|
|
|
|
on the grounds that jobs that have failed many times
|
|
|
|
will tend to fail again in the future.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b RetryFactor
|
|
|
|
option defaults to 90000.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Load Limiting"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
can be asked to queue (but not deliver)
|
|
|
|
mail if the system load average gets too high
|
|
|
|
using the
|
|
|
|
.b QueueLA
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.b x )
|
|
|
|
option.
|
|
|
|
When the load average exceeds the value of the
|
|
|
|
.b QueueLA
|
|
|
|
option,
|
|
|
|
the delivery mode is set to
|
|
|
|
.b q
|
|
|
|
(queue only)
|
|
|
|
if the
|
|
|
|
.b QueueFactor
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.b q )
|
|
|
|
option divided by the difference in the current load average and the
|
|
|
|
.b QueueLA
|
|
|
|
option
|
|
|
|
plus one
|
|
|
|
exceeds the priority of the message \(em
|
|
|
|
that is, the message is queued iff:
|
|
|
|
.EQ
|
|
|
|
pri > { bold QueueFactor } over { LA - { bold QueueLA } + 1 }
|
|
|
|
.EN
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b QueueFactor
|
|
|
|
option defaults to 600000,
|
|
|
|
so each point of load average is worth 600000
|
|
|
|
priority points
|
|
|
|
(as described above).
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
For drastic cases,
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.b RefuseLA
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.b X )
|
|
|
|
option defines a load average at which
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will refuse
|
|
|
|
to accept network connections.
|
|
|
|
Locally generated mail
|
|
|
|
(including incoming UUCP mail)
|
|
|
|
is still accepted.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Delivery Mode"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
There are a number of delivery modes that
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
can operate in,
|
|
|
|
set by the
|
|
|
|
.b DeliveryMode
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.b d )
|
|
|
|
configuration option.
|
|
|
|
These modes
|
|
|
|
specify how quickly mail will be delivered.
|
|
|
|
Legal modes are:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
.ta 4n
|
|
|
|
i deliver interactively (synchronously)
|
|
|
|
b deliver in background (asynchronously)
|
|
|
|
q queue only (don't deliver)
|
|
|
|
d defer delvery attempts (don't deliver)
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
There are tradeoffs.
|
|
|
|
Mode
|
|
|
|
.q i
|
|
|
|
gives the sender the quickest feedback,
|
|
|
|
but may slow down some mailers and
|
|
|
|
is hardly ever necessary.
|
|
|
|
Mode
|
|
|
|
.q b
|
|
|
|
delivers promptly but
|
|
|
|
can cause large numbers of processes
|
|
|
|
if you have a mailer that takes a long time to deliver a message.
|
|
|
|
Mode
|
|
|
|
.q q
|
|
|
|
minimizes the load on your machine,
|
|
|
|
but means that delivery may be delayed for up to the queue interval.
|
|
|
|
Mode
|
|
|
|
.q d
|
|
|
|
is identical to mode
|
|
|
|
.q q
|
|
|
|
except that it also prevents all the early map lookups from working;
|
|
|
|
it is intended for ``dial on demand'' sites where DNS lookups
|
|
|
|
might cost real money.
|
|
|
|
Some simple error messages
|
|
|
|
(e.g., host unknown during the SMTP protocol)
|
|
|
|
will be delayed using this mode.
|
|
|
|
Mode
|
|
|
|
.q b
|
|
|
|
is the usual default.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If you run in mode
|
|
|
|
.q q
|
|
|
|
(queue only),
|
|
|
|
.q d
|
|
|
|
(defer),
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.q b
|
|
|
|
(deliver in background)
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will not expand aliases and follow .forward files
|
|
|
|
upon initial receipt of the mail.
|
|
|
|
This speeds up the response to RCPT commands.
|
|
|
|
Mode
|
|
|
|
.q i
|
|
|
|
cannot be used by the SMTP server.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Log Level"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The level of logging can be set for
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail .
|
|
|
|
The default using a standard configuration table is level 9.
|
|
|
|
The levels are as follows:
|
|
|
|
.nr ii 0.5i
|
|
|
|
.ip 0
|
|
|
|
No logging.
|
|
|
|
.ip 1
|
|
|
|
Serious system failures and potential security problems.
|
|
|
|
.ip 2
|
|
|
|
Lost communications (network problems) and protocol failures.
|
|
|
|
.ip 3
|
|
|
|
Other serious failures.
|
|
|
|
.ip 4
|
|
|
|
Minor failures.
|
|
|
|
.ip 5
|
|
|
|
Message collection statistics.
|
|
|
|
.ip 6
|
|
|
|
Creation of error messages,
|
|
|
|
VRFY and EXPN commands.
|
|
|
|
.ip 7
|
|
|
|
Delivery failures (host or user unknown, etc.).
|
|
|
|
.ip 8
|
|
|
|
Successful deliveries and alias database rebuilds.
|
|
|
|
.ip 9
|
|
|
|
Messages being deferred
|
|
|
|
(due to a host being down, etc.).
|
|
|
|
.ip 10
|
|
|
|
Database expansion (alias, forward, and userdb lookups).
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip 12
|
|
|
|
Log all incoming and outgoing SMTP commands.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip 20
|
|
|
|
Logs attempts to run locked queue files.
|
|
|
|
These are not errors,
|
|
|
|
but can be useful to note if your queue appears to be clogged.
|
|
|
|
.ip 30
|
|
|
|
Lost locks (only if using lockf instead of flock).
|
|
|
|
.lp
|
|
|
|
Additionally,
|
|
|
|
values above 64 are reserved for extremely verbose debugging output.
|
|
|
|
No normal site would ever set these.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "File Modes"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The modes used for files depend on what functionality you want
|
|
|
|
and the level of security you require.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "To suid or not to suid?"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
can safely be made
|
|
|
|
setuid to root.
|
|
|
|
At the point where it is about to
|
|
|
|
.i exec \|(2)
|
|
|
|
a mailer,
|
|
|
|
it checks to see if the userid is zero;
|
|
|
|
if so,
|
|
|
|
it resets the userid and groupid to a default
|
|
|
|
(set by the
|
|
|
|
.b u
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b g
|
|
|
|
options).
|
|
|
|
(This can be overridden
|
|
|
|
by setting the
|
|
|
|
.b S
|
|
|
|
flag to the mailer
|
|
|
|
for mailers that are trusted
|
|
|
|
and must be called as root.)
|
|
|
|
However,
|
|
|
|
this will cause mail processing
|
|
|
|
to be accounted
|
|
|
|
(using
|
|
|
|
.i sa \|(8))
|
|
|
|
to root
|
|
|
|
rather than to the user sending the mail.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If you don't make
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
setuid to root, it will still run but you lose a lot of functionality
|
|
|
|
and a lot of privacy, since you'll have to make the queue directory
|
|
|
|
world readable.
|
|
|
|
You could also make
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
setuid to some pseudo-user
|
|
|
|
(e.g., create a user called
|
|
|
|
.q sendmail
|
|
|
|
and make
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
setuid to that)
|
|
|
|
which will fix the privacy problems
|
|
|
|
but not the functionality issues.
|
|
|
|
Also, this isn't a guarantee of security:
|
|
|
|
for example,
|
|
|
|
root occasionally sends mail,
|
|
|
|
and the daemon often runs as root.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Should my alias database be writable?"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
At Berkeley
|
|
|
|
we have the alias database
|
|
|
|
(/etc/aliases*)
|
|
|
|
mode 644.
|
|
|
|
While this is not as flexible as if the database
|
|
|
|
were more 666, it avoids potential security problems
|
|
|
|
with a globally writable database.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The database that
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
actually used
|
|
|
|
is represented by the two files
|
|
|
|
.i aliases.dir
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.i aliases.pag
|
|
|
|
(both in /etc)
|
|
|
|
(or
|
|
|
|
.i aliases.db
|
|
|
|
if you are running with the new Berkeley database primitives).
|
|
|
|
The mode on these files should match the mode
|
|
|
|
on /etc/aliases.
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.i aliases
|
|
|
|
is writable
|
|
|
|
and the
|
|
|
|
DBM
|
|
|
|
files
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.i aliases.dir
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.i aliases.pag )
|
|
|
|
are not,
|
|
|
|
users will be unable to reflect their desired changes
|
|
|
|
through to the actual database.
|
|
|
|
However,
|
|
|
|
if
|
|
|
|
.i aliases
|
|
|
|
is read-only
|
|
|
|
and the DBM files are writable,
|
|
|
|
a slightly sophisticated user
|
|
|
|
can arrange to steal mail anyway.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If your DBM files are not writable by the world
|
|
|
|
or you do not have auto-rebuild enabled
|
|
|
|
(with the
|
|
|
|
.b AutoRebuildAliases
|
|
|
|
option),
|
|
|
|
then you must be careful to reconstruct the alias database
|
|
|
|
each time you change the text version:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
newaliases
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
If this step is ignored or forgotten
|
|
|
|
any intended changes will also be ignored or forgotten.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Connection Caching"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
When processing the queue,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will try to keep the last few open connections open
|
|
|
|
to avoid startup and shutdown costs.
|
|
|
|
This only applies to IPC connections.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
When trying to open a connection
|
|
|
|
the cache is first searched.
|
|
|
|
If an open connection is found, it is probed to see if it is still active
|
|
|
|
by sending a
|
|
|
|
.sm NOOP
|
|
|
|
command.
|
|
|
|
It is not an error if this fails;
|
|
|
|
instead, the connection is closed and reopened.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Two parameters control the connection cache.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b ConnectionCacheSize
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.b k )
|
|
|
|
option defines the number of simultaneous open connections
|
|
|
|
that will be permitted.
|
|
|
|
If it is set to zero,
|
|
|
|
connections will be closed as quickly as possible.
|
|
|
|
The default is one.
|
|
|
|
This should be set as appropriate for your system size;
|
|
|
|
it will limit the amount of system resources that
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will use during queue runs.
|
|
|
|
Never set this higher than 4.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b ConnectionCacheTimeout
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.b K )
|
|
|
|
option specifies the maximum time that any cached connection
|
|
|
|
will be permitted to idle.
|
|
|
|
When the idle time exceeds this value
|
|
|
|
the connection is closed.
|
|
|
|
This number should be small
|
|
|
|
(under ten minutes)
|
|
|
|
to prevent you from grabbing too many resources
|
|
|
|
from other hosts.
|
|
|
|
The default is five minutes.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Name Server Access"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Control of host address lookups is set by the
|
|
|
|
.b hosts
|
|
|
|
service entry in your service switch file.
|
|
|
|
If you are on a system that has built-in service switch support
|
|
|
|
(e.g., Ultrix, Solaris, or DEC OSF/1)
|
|
|
|
then your system is probably configured properly already.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will consult the file
|
|
|
|
.b /etc/service.switch ,
|
|
|
|
which should be created.
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
only uses two entries:
|
|
|
|
.b hosts
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b aliases .
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
However, some systems (such as SunOS)
|
|
|
|
will do DNS lookups
|
|
|
|
regardless of the setting of the service switch entry.
|
|
|
|
In particular, the system routine
|
|
|
|
.i gethostbyname (3)
|
|
|
|
is used to look up host names,
|
|
|
|
and many vendor versions try some combination of DNS, NIS,
|
|
|
|
and file lookup in /etc/hosts
|
|
|
|
without consulting a service switch.
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
makes no attempt to work around this problem,
|
|
|
|
and the DNS lookup will be done anyway.
|
|
|
|
If you do not have a nameserver configured at all,
|
|
|
|
such as at a UUCP-only site,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will get a
|
|
|
|
.q "connection refused"
|
|
|
|
message when it tries to connect to the name server.
|
|
|
|
If the
|
|
|
|
.b hosts
|
|
|
|
switch entry has the service
|
|
|
|
.q dns
|
|
|
|
listed somewhere in the list,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will interpret this to mean a temporary failure
|
|
|
|
and will queue the mail for later processing;
|
|
|
|
otherwise, it ignores the name server data.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The same technique is used to decide whether to do MX lookups.
|
|
|
|
If you want MX support, you
|
|
|
|
.i must
|
|
|
|
have
|
|
|
|
.q dns
|
|
|
|
listed as a service in the
|
|
|
|
.b hosts
|
|
|
|
switch entry.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b ResolverOptions
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.b I )
|
|
|
|
option allows you to tweak name server options.
|
|
|
|
The command line takes a series of flags as documented in
|
|
|
|
.i resolver (3)
|
|
|
|
(with the leading
|
|
|
|
.q RES_
|
|
|
|
deleted).
|
|
|
|
Each can be preceded by an optional `+' or `\(mi'.
|
|
|
|
For example, the line
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
O ResolverOptions=+AAONLY \(miDNSRCH
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
turns on the AAONLY (accept authoritative answers only)
|
|
|
|
and turns off the DNSRCH (search the domain path) options.
|
|
|
|
Most resolver libraries default DNSRCH, DEFNAMES, and RECURSE
|
|
|
|
flags on and all others off.
|
|
|
|
You can also include
|
|
|
|
.q HasWildcardMX
|
|
|
|
to specify that there is a wildcard MX record matching your domain;
|
|
|
|
this turns off MX matching when canonifying names,
|
|
|
|
which can lead to inappropriate canonifications.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Version level 1 configurations
|
|
|
|
turn DNSRCH and DEFNAMES off when doing delivery lookups,
|
|
|
|
but leave them on everywhere else.
|
|
|
|
Version 8 of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
ignores them when doing canonification lookups
|
|
|
|
(that is, when using $[ ... $]),
|
|
|
|
and always does the search.
|
|
|
|
If you don't want to do automatic name extension,
|
|
|
|
don't call $[ ... $].
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The search rules for $[ ... $] are somewhat different than usual.
|
|
|
|
If the name being looked up
|
|
|
|
has at least one dot, it always tries the unmodified name first.
|
|
|
|
If that fails, it tries the reduced search path,
|
|
|
|
and lastly tries the unmodified name
|
|
|
|
(but only for names without a dot,
|
|
|
|
since names with a dot have already been tried).
|
|
|
|
This allows names such as
|
|
|
|
``utc.CS''
|
|
|
|
to match the site in Czechoslovakia
|
|
|
|
rather than the site in your local Computer Science department.
|
|
|
|
It also prefers A and CNAME records over MX records \*-
|
|
|
|
that is, if it finds an MX record it makes note of it,
|
|
|
|
but keeps looking.
|
|
|
|
This way, if you have a wildcard MX record matching your domain,
|
|
|
|
it will not assume that all names match.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
To completely turn off all name server access
|
|
|
|
on systems without service switch support
|
|
|
|
(such as SunOS)
|
|
|
|
you will have to recompile with
|
|
|
|
\-DNAMED_BIND=0
|
|
|
|
and remove \-lresolv from the list of libraries to be searched
|
|
|
|
when linking.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Moving the Per-User Forward Files"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Some sites mount each user's home directory
|
|
|
|
from a local disk on their workstation,
|
|
|
|
so that local access is fast.
|
|
|
|
However, the result is that .forward file lookups are slow.
|
|
|
|
In some cases,
|
|
|
|
mail can even be delivered on machines inappropriately
|
|
|
|
because of a file server being down.
|
|
|
|
The performance can be especially bad if you run the automounter.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b ForwardPath
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.b J )
|
|
|
|
option allows you to set a path of forward files.
|
|
|
|
For example, the config file line
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
O ForwardPath=/var/forward/$u:$z/.forward.$w
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
would first look for a file with the same name as the user's login
|
|
|
|
in /var/forward;
|
|
|
|
if that is not found (or is inaccessible)
|
|
|
|
the file
|
|
|
|
``.forward.\c
|
|
|
|
.i machinename ''
|
|
|
|
in the user's home directory is searched.
|
|
|
|
A truly perverse site could also search by sender
|
|
|
|
by using $r, $s, or $f.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If you create a directory such as /var/forward,
|
|
|
|
it should be mode 1777
|
|
|
|
(that is, the sticky bit should be set).
|
|
|
|
Users should create the files mode 644.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Free Space"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
On systems that have one of the system calls in the
|
|
|
|
.i statfs (2)
|
|
|
|
family
|
|
|
|
(including
|
|
|
|
.i statvfs
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.i ustat ),
|
|
|
|
you can specify a minimum number of free blocks on the queue filesystem
|
|
|
|
using the
|
|
|
|
.b MinFreeBlocks
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.b b )
|
|
|
|
option.
|
|
|
|
If there are fewer than the indicated number of blocks free
|
|
|
|
on the filesystem on which the queue is mounted
|
|
|
|
the SMTP server will reject mail
|
|
|
|
with the
|
|
|
|
452 error code.
|
|
|
|
This invites the SMTP client to try again later.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Beware of setting this option too high;
|
|
|
|
it can cause rejection of email
|
|
|
|
when that mail would be processed without difficulty.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Maximum Message Size"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
To avoid overflowing your system with a large message,
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.b MaxMessageSize
|
|
|
|
option can be set to set an absolute limit
|
|
|
|
on the size of any one message.
|
|
|
|
This will be advertised in the ESMTP dialogue
|
|
|
|
and checked during message collection.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Privacy Flags"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b PrivacyOptions
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.b p )
|
|
|
|
option allows you to set certain
|
|
|
|
``privacy''
|
|
|
|
flags.
|
|
|
|
Actually, many of them don't give you any extra privacy,
|
|
|
|
rather just insisting that client SMTP servers
|
|
|
|
use the HELO command
|
|
|
|
before using certain commands
|
|
|
|
or adding extra headers to indicate possible spoof attempts.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The option takes a series of flag names;
|
|
|
|
the final privacy is the inclusive or of those flags.
|
|
|
|
For example:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
O PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo, noexpn
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
insists that the HELO or EHLO command be used before a MAIL command is accepted
|
|
|
|
and disables the EXPN command.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The flags are detailed in section
|
|
|
|
.\"XREF
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
5.6.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Send to Me Too"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Normally,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
deletes the (envelope) sender from any list expansions.
|
|
|
|
For example, if
|
|
|
|
.q matt
|
|
|
|
sends to a list that contains
|
|
|
|
.q matt
|
|
|
|
as one of the members he won't get a copy of the message.
|
|
|
|
If the
|
|
|
|
.b \-m
|
|
|
|
(me too)
|
|
|
|
command line flag, or if the
|
|
|
|
.b MeToo
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.b m )
|
|
|
|
option is set in the configuration file,
|
|
|
|
this behaviour is suppressed.
|
|
|
|
Some sites like to run the
|
|
|
|
.sm SMTP
|
|
|
|
daemon with
|
|
|
|
.b \-m .
|
|
|
|
.sh 1 "THE WHOLE SCOOP ON THE CONFIGURATION FILE"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
This section describes the configuration file
|
|
|
|
in detail.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
There is one point that should be made clear immediately:
|
|
|
|
the syntax of the configuration file
|
|
|
|
is designed to be reasonably easy to parse,
|
|
|
|
since this is done every time
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
starts up,
|
|
|
|
rather than easy for a human to read or write.
|
|
|
|
On the
|
|
|
|
.q "future project"
|
|
|
|
list is a
|
|
|
|
configuration-file compiler.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The configuration file is organized as a series of lines,
|
|
|
|
each of which begins with a single character
|
|
|
|
defining the semantics for the rest of the line.
|
|
|
|
Lines beginning with a space or a tab
|
|
|
|
are continuation lines
|
|
|
|
(although the semantics are not well defined in many places).
|
|
|
|
Blank lines and lines beginning with a sharp symbol
|
|
|
|
(`#')
|
|
|
|
are comments.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "R and S \*- Rewriting Rules"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The core of address parsing
|
|
|
|
are the rewriting rules.
|
|
|
|
These are an ordered production system.
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
scans through the set of rewriting rules
|
|
|
|
looking for a match on the left hand side
|
|
|
|
(LHS)
|
|
|
|
of the rule.
|
|
|
|
When a rule matches,
|
|
|
|
the address is replaced by the right hand side
|
|
|
|
(RHS)
|
|
|
|
of the rule.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
There are several sets of rewriting rules.
|
|
|
|
Some of the rewriting sets are used internally
|
|
|
|
and must have specific semantics.
|
|
|
|
Other rewriting sets
|
|
|
|
do not have specifically assigned semantics,
|
|
|
|
and may be referenced by the mailer definitions
|
|
|
|
or by other rewriting sets.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The syntax of these two commands are:
|
|
|
|
.(b F
|
|
|
|
.b S \c
|
|
|
|
.i n
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
Sets the current ruleset being collected to
|
|
|
|
.i n .
|
|
|
|
If you begin a ruleset more than once
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
it appends to the old definition.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.(b F
|
|
|
|
.b R \c
|
|
|
|
.i lhs
|
|
|
|
.i rhs
|
|
|
|
.i comments
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
fields must be separated
|
|
|
|
by at least one tab character;
|
|
|
|
there may be embedded spaces
|
|
|
|
in the fields.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i lhs
|
|
|
|
is a pattern that is applied to the input.
|
|
|
|
If it matches,
|
|
|
|
the input is rewritten to the
|
|
|
|
.i rhs .
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i comments
|
|
|
|
are ignored.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Macro expansions of the form
|
|
|
|
.b $ \c
|
|
|
|
.i x
|
|
|
|
are performed when the configuration file is read.
|
|
|
|
Expansions of the form
|
|
|
|
.b $& \c
|
|
|
|
.i x
|
|
|
|
are performed at run time using a somewhat less general algorithm.
|
|
|
|
This for is intended only for referencing internally defined macros
|
|
|
|
such as
|
|
|
|
.b $h
|
|
|
|
that are changed at runtime.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "The left hand side"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The left hand side of rewriting rules contains a pattern.
|
|
|
|
Normal words are simply matched directly.
|
|
|
|
Metasyntax is introduced using a dollar sign.
|
|
|
|
The metasymbols are:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
.ta \w'\fB$=\fP\fIx\fP 'u
|
|
|
|
\fB$*\fP Match zero or more tokens
|
|
|
|
\fB$+\fP Match one or more tokens
|
|
|
|
\fB$\-\fP Match exactly one token
|
|
|
|
\fB$=\fP\fIx\fP Match any phrase in class \fIx\fP
|
|
|
|
\fB$~\fP\fIx\fP Match any word not in class \fIx\fP
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
If any of these match,
|
|
|
|
they are assigned to the symbol
|
|
|
|
.b $ \c
|
|
|
|
.i n
|
|
|
|
for replacement on the right hand side,
|
|
|
|
where
|
|
|
|
.i n
|
|
|
|
is the index in the LHS.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
if the LHS:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
$\-:$+
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
is applied to the input:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
UCBARPA:eric
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
the rule will match, and the values passed to the RHS will be:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
.ta 4n
|
|
|
|
$1 UCBARPA
|
|
|
|
$2 eric
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Additionally, the LHS can include
|
|
|
|
.b $@
|
|
|
|
to match zero tokens.
|
|
|
|
This is
|
|
|
|
.i not
|
|
|
|
bound to a
|
|
|
|
.b $ \c
|
|
|
|
.i n
|
|
|
|
on the RHS, and is normally only used when it stands alone
|
|
|
|
in order to match the null input.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "The right hand side"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
When the left hand side of a rewriting rule matches,
|
|
|
|
the input is deleted and replaced by the right hand side.
|
|
|
|
Tokens are copied directly from the RHS
|
|
|
|
unless they begin with a dollar sign.
|
|
|
|
Metasymbols are:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
.ta \w'$#mailer\0\0\0'u
|
|
|
|
\fB$\fP\fIn\fP Substitute indefinite token \fIn\fP from LHS
|
|
|
|
\fB$[\fP\fIname\fP\fB$]\fP Canonicalize \fIname\fP
|
|
|
|
\fB$(\fP\fImap key\fP \fB$@\fP\fIarguments\fP \fB$:\fP\fIdefault\fP \fB$)\fP
|
|
|
|
Generalized keyed mapping function
|
|
|
|
\fB$>\fP\fIn\fP \*(lqCall\*(rq ruleset \fIn\fP
|
|
|
|
\fB$#\fP\fImailer\fP Resolve to \fImailer\fP
|
|
|
|
\fB$@\fP\fIhost\fP Specify \fIhost\fP
|
|
|
|
\fB$:\fP\fIuser\fP Specify \fIuser\fP
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b $ \c
|
|
|
|
.i n
|
|
|
|
syntax substitutes the corresponding value from a
|
|
|
|
.b $+ ,
|
|
|
|
.b $\- ,
|
|
|
|
.b $* ,
|
|
|
|
.b $= ,
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.b $~
|
|
|
|
match on the LHS.
|
|
|
|
It may be used anywhere.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
A host name enclosed between
|
|
|
|
.b $[
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b $]
|
|
|
|
is looked up in the host database(s)
|
|
|
|
and replaced by the canonical name\**.
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**This is actually
|
|
|
|
completely equivalent
|
|
|
|
to $(host \fIhostname\fP$).
|
|
|
|
In particular, a
|
|
|
|
.b $:
|
|
|
|
default can be used.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
.q $[ftp$]
|
|
|
|
might become
|
|
|
|
.q ftp.CS.Berkeley.EDU
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q $[[128.32.130.2]$]
|
|
|
|
would become
|
|
|
|
.q vangogh.CS.Berkeley.EDU.
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
recognizes it's numeric IP address
|
|
|
|
without calling the name server
|
|
|
|
and replaces it with it's canonical name.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b $(
|
|
|
|
\&...
|
|
|
|
.b $)
|
|
|
|
syntax is a more general form of lookup;
|
|
|
|
it uses a named map instead of an implicit map.
|
|
|
|
If no lookup is found, the indicated
|
|
|
|
.i default
|
|
|
|
is inserted;
|
|
|
|
if no default is specified and no lookup matches,
|
|
|
|
the value is left unchanged.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i arguments
|
|
|
|
are passed to the map for possible use.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b $> \c
|
|
|
|
.i n
|
|
|
|
syntax
|
|
|
|
causes the remainder of the line to be substituted as usual
|
|
|
|
and then passed as the argument to ruleset
|
|
|
|
.i n .
|
|
|
|
The final value of ruleset
|
|
|
|
.i n
|
|
|
|
then becomes
|
|
|
|
the substitution for this rule.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b $>
|
|
|
|
syntax can only be used at the beginning of the right hand side;
|
|
|
|
it can be only be preceded by
|
|
|
|
.b $@
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.b $: .
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b $#
|
|
|
|
syntax should
|
|
|
|
.i only
|
|
|
|
be used in ruleset zero
|
|
|
|
or a subroutine of ruleset zero.
|
|
|
|
It causes evaluation of the ruleset to terminate immediately,
|
|
|
|
and signals to
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
that the address has completely resolved.
|
|
|
|
The complete syntax is:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
\fB$#\fP\fImailer\fP \fB$@\fP\fIhost\fP \fB$:\fP\fIuser\fP
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
This specifies the
|
|
|
|
{mailer, host, user}
|
|
|
|
3-tuple necessary to direct the mailer.
|
|
|
|
If the mailer is local
|
|
|
|
the host part may be omitted\**.
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**You may want to use it for special
|
|
|
|
.q "per user"
|
|
|
|
extensions.
|
|
|
|
For example, in the address
|
|
|
|
.q jgm+foo@CMU.EDU ;
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.q +foo
|
|
|
|
part is not part of the user name,
|
|
|
|
and is passed to the local mailer for local use.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i mailer
|
|
|
|
must be a single word,
|
|
|
|
but the
|
|
|
|
.i host
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.i user
|
|
|
|
may be multi-part.
|
|
|
|
If the
|
|
|
|
.i mailer
|
|
|
|
is the builtin IPC mailer,
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.i host
|
|
|
|
may be a colon-separated list of hosts
|
|
|
|
that are searched in order for the first working address
|
|
|
|
(exactly like MX records).
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i user
|
|
|
|
is later rewritten by the mailer-specific envelope rewriting set
|
|
|
|
and assigned to the
|
|
|
|
.b $u
|
|
|
|
macro.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
As a special case, if the mailer specified has the
|
|
|
|
.b F=@
|
|
|
|
flag specified
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
and the first character of the
|
|
|
|
.b $:
|
|
|
|
value is
|
|
|
|
.q @ ,
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.q @
|
|
|
|
is stripped off, and a flag is set in the address descriptor
|
|
|
|
that causes sendmail to not do ruleset 5 processing.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Normally, a rule that matches is retried,
|
|
|
|
that is,
|
|
|
|
the rule loops until it fails.
|
|
|
|
A RHS may also be preceded by a
|
|
|
|
.b $@
|
|
|
|
or a
|
|
|
|
.b $:
|
|
|
|
to change this behavior.
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
.b $@
|
|
|
|
prefix causes the ruleset to return with the remainder of the RHS
|
|
|
|
as the value.
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
.b $:
|
|
|
|
prefix causes the rule to terminate immediately,
|
|
|
|
but the ruleset to continue;
|
|
|
|
this can be used to avoid continued application of a rule.
|
|
|
|
The prefix is stripped before continuing.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b $@
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b $:
|
|
|
|
prefixes may precede a
|
|
|
|
.b $>
|
|
|
|
spec;
|
|
|
|
for example:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
.ta 8n
|
|
|
|
R$+ $: $>7 $1
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
matches anything,
|
|
|
|
passes that to ruleset seven,
|
|
|
|
and continues;
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.b $:
|
|
|
|
is necessary to avoid an infinite loop.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Substitution occurs in the order described,
|
|
|
|
that is,
|
|
|
|
parameters from the LHS are substituted,
|
|
|
|
hostnames are canonicalized,
|
|
|
|
.q subroutines
|
|
|
|
are called,
|
|
|
|
and finally
|
|
|
|
.b $# ,
|
|
|
|
.b $@ ,
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b $:
|
|
|
|
are processed.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Semantics of rewriting rule sets"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
There are five rewriting sets
|
|
|
|
that have specific semantics.
|
|
|
|
Four of these are related as depicted by figure 1.
|
|
|
|
.(z
|
|
|
|
.hl
|
|
|
|
.ie n \{\
|
|
|
|
.(c
|
|
|
|
+---+
|
|
|
|
-->| 0 |-->resolved address
|
|
|
|
/ +---+
|
|
|
|
/ +---+ +---+
|
|
|
|
/ ---->| 1 |-->| S |--
|
|
|
|
+---+ / +---+ / +---+ +---+ \e +---+
|
|
|
|
addr-->| 3 |-->| D |-- --->| 4 |-->msg
|
|
|
|
+---+ +---+ \e +---+ +---+ / +---+
|
|
|
|
--->| 2 |-->| R |--
|
|
|
|
+---+ +---+
|
|
|
|
.)c
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.\}
|
|
|
|
.el .ie !"\*(.T"" \
|
|
|
|
\{\
|
|
|
|
.PS
|
|
|
|
boxwid = 0.3i
|
|
|
|
boxht = 0.3i
|
|
|
|
movewid = 0.3i
|
|
|
|
moveht = 0.3i
|
|
|
|
linewid = 0.3i
|
|
|
|
lineht = 0.3i
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
box invis "addr"; arrow
|
|
|
|
Box3: box "3"
|
|
|
|
A1: arrow
|
|
|
|
BoxD: box "D"; line; L1: Here
|
|
|
|
C: [
|
|
|
|
C1: arrow; box "1"; arrow; box "S"; line; E1: Here
|
|
|
|
move to C1 down 0.5; right
|
|
|
|
C2: arrow; box "2"; arrow; box "R"; line; E2: Here
|
|
|
|
] with .w at L1 + (0.5, 0)
|
|
|
|
move to C.e right 0.5
|
|
|
|
L4: arrow; box "4"; arrow; box invis "msg"
|
|
|
|
line from L1 to C.C1
|
|
|
|
line from L1 to C.C2
|
|
|
|
line from C.E1 to L4
|
|
|
|
line from C.E2 to L4
|
|
|
|
move to BoxD.n up 0.6; right
|
|
|
|
Box0: arrow; box "0"
|
|
|
|
arrow; box invis "resolved address" width 1.3
|
|
|
|
line from 1/3 of the way between A1 and BoxD.w to Box0
|
|
|
|
.PE
|
|
|
|
.\}
|
|
|
|
.el .sp 2i
|
|
|
|
.ce
|
|
|
|
Figure 1 \*- Rewriting set semantics
|
|
|
|
.(c
|
|
|
|
D \*- sender domain addition
|
|
|
|
S \*- mailer-specific sender rewriting
|
|
|
|
R \*- mailer-specific recipient rewriting
|
|
|
|
.)c
|
|
|
|
.hl
|
|
|
|
.)z
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Ruleset three
|
|
|
|
should turn the address into
|
|
|
|
.q "canonical form."
|
|
|
|
This form should have the basic syntax:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
local-part@host-domain-spec
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
Ruleset three
|
|
|
|
is applied by
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
before doing anything with any address.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If no
|
|
|
|
.q @
|
|
|
|
sign is specified,
|
|
|
|
then the
|
|
|
|
host-domain-spec
|
|
|
|
.i may
|
|
|
|
be appended (box
|
|
|
|
.q D
|
|
|
|
in Figure 1)
|
|
|
|
from the
|
|
|
|
sender address
|
|
|
|
(if the
|
|
|
|
.b C
|
|
|
|
flag is set in the mailer definition
|
|
|
|
corresponding to the
|
|
|
|
.i sending
|
|
|
|
mailer).
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Ruleset zero
|
|
|
|
is applied after ruleset three
|
|
|
|
to addresses that are going to actually specify recipients.
|
|
|
|
It must resolve to a
|
|
|
|
.i "{mailer, host, user}"
|
|
|
|
triple.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i mailer
|
|
|
|
must be defined in the mailer definitions
|
|
|
|
from the configuration file.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i host
|
|
|
|
is defined into the
|
|
|
|
.b $h
|
|
|
|
macro
|
|
|
|
for use in the argv expansion of the specified mailer.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Rulesets one and two
|
|
|
|
are applied to all sender and recipient addresses respectively.
|
|
|
|
They are applied before any specification
|
|
|
|
in the mailer definition.
|
|
|
|
They must never resolve.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Ruleset four is applied to all addresses
|
|
|
|
in the message.
|
|
|
|
It is typically used
|
|
|
|
to translate internal to external form.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
In addition,
|
|
|
|
ruleset 5 is applied to all local addresses
|
|
|
|
(specifically, those that resolve to a mailer with the `F=5'
|
|
|
|
flag set)
|
|
|
|
that do not have aliases.
|
|
|
|
This allows a last minute hook for local names.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Ruleset hooks"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
A few extra rulesets are defined as
|
|
|
|
.q hooks
|
|
|
|
that can be defined to get special features.
|
|
|
|
They are all named rulesets.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.q check_*
|
|
|
|
forms all give accept/reject status;
|
|
|
|
falling off the end or returning normally is an accept,
|
|
|
|
and resolving to $#error
|
|
|
|
is a reject.
|
|
|
|
.sh 4 "check_relay"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i check_relay
|
|
|
|
ruleset is called after a connection is accepted.
|
|
|
|
It is passed
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
client.host.name $| client.host.address
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
where
|
|
|
|
.b $|
|
|
|
|
is a metacharacter separating the two parts.
|
|
|
|
This ruleset can reject connections from various locations.
|
|
|
|
.sh 4 "check_mail"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i check_mail
|
|
|
|
ruleset is passed the user name parameter of the
|
|
|
|
.sm "SMTP MAIL"
|
|
|
|
command.
|
|
|
|
It can accept or reject the address.
|
|
|
|
.sh 4 "check_rcpt"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i check_rcpt
|
|
|
|
ruleset is passed the user name parameter of the
|
|
|
|
.sm "SMTP RCPT"
|
|
|
|
command.
|
|
|
|
It can accept or reject the address.
|
|
|
|
.sh 4 "check_compat"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i check_compat
|
|
|
|
ruleset is passed
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
sender-address $| recipient-address
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
where
|
|
|
|
.b $|
|
|
|
|
is a metacharacter separating the addresses.
|
|
|
|
It can accept or reject mail transfer between these two addresses
|
|
|
|
much like the
|
|
|
|
.i checkcompat()
|
|
|
|
function.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.sh 3 "IPC mailers"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Some special processing occurs
|
|
|
|
if the ruleset zero resolves to an IPC mailer
|
|
|
|
(that is, a mailer that has
|
|
|
|
.q [IPC]
|
|
|
|
listed as the Path in the
|
|
|
|
.b M
|
|
|
|
configuration line.
|
|
|
|
The host name passed after
|
|
|
|
.q $@
|
|
|
|
has MX expansion performed;
|
|
|
|
this looks the name up in DNS to find alternate delivery sites.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The host name can also be provided as a dotted quad in square brackets;
|
|
|
|
for example:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
[128.32.149.78]
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
This causes direct conversion of the numeric value
|
|
|
|
to a TCP/IP host address.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The host name passed in after the
|
|
|
|
.q $@
|
|
|
|
may also be a colon-separated list of hosts.
|
|
|
|
Each is separately MX expanded and the results are concatenated
|
|
|
|
to make (essentially) one long MX list.
|
|
|
|
The intent here is to create
|
|
|
|
.q fake
|
|
|
|
MX records that are not published in DNS
|
|
|
|
for private internal networks.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
As a final special case, the host name can be passed in
|
|
|
|
as a text string
|
|
|
|
in square brackets:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
[ucbvax.berkeley.edu]
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
This form avoids the MX mapping.
|
|
|
|
.b N.B.:
|
|
|
|
.i
|
|
|
|
This is intended only for situations where you have a network firewall
|
|
|
|
or other host that will do special processing for all your mail,
|
|
|
|
so that your MX record points to a gateway machine;
|
|
|
|
this machine could then do direct delivery to machines
|
|
|
|
within your local domain.
|
|
|
|
Use of this feature directly violates RFC 1123 section 5.3.5:
|
|
|
|
it should not be used lightly.
|
|
|
|
.r
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "D \*- Define Macro"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Macros are named with a single character
|
|
|
|
or with a word in {braces}.
|
|
|
|
Single character names may be selected from the entire ASCII set,
|
|
|
|
but user-defined macros
|
|
|
|
should be selected from the set of upper case letters only.
|
|
|
|
Lower case letters
|
|
|
|
and special symbols
|
|
|
|
are used internally.
|
|
|
|
Long names beginning with a lower case letter or a punctuation character
|
|
|
|
are reserved for use by sendmail,
|
|
|
|
so user-defined long macro names should begin with an upper case letter.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The syntax for macro definitions is:
|
|
|
|
.(b F
|
|
|
|
.b D \c
|
|
|
|
.i x\|val
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
where
|
|
|
|
.i x
|
|
|
|
is the name of the macro
|
|
|
|
(which may be a single character
|
|
|
|
or a word in braces)
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.i val
|
|
|
|
is the value it should have.
|
|
|
|
There should be no spaces given
|
|
|
|
that do not actually belong in the macro value.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Macros are interpolated
|
|
|
|
using the construct
|
|
|
|
.b $ \c
|
|
|
|
.i x ,
|
|
|
|
where
|
|
|
|
.i x
|
|
|
|
is the name of the macro to be interpolated.
|
|
|
|
This interpolation is done when the configuration file is read,
|
|
|
|
except in
|
|
|
|
.b M
|
|
|
|
lines.
|
|
|
|
The special construct
|
|
|
|
.b $& \c
|
|
|
|
.i x
|
|
|
|
can be used in
|
|
|
|
.b R
|
|
|
|
lines to get deferred interpolation.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Conditionals can be specified using the syntax:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
$?x text1 $| text2 $.
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
This interpolates
|
|
|
|
.i text1
|
|
|
|
if the macro
|
|
|
|
.b $x
|
|
|
|
is set,
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.i text2
|
|
|
|
otherwise.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.q else
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.b $| )
|
|
|
|
clause may be omitted.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Lower case macro names are reserved to have
|
|
|
|
special semantics,
|
|
|
|
used to pass information in or out of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail ,
|
|
|
|
and special characters are reserved to
|
|
|
|
provide conditionals, etc.
|
|
|
|
Upper case names
|
|
|
|
(that is,
|
|
|
|
.b $A
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
.b $Z )
|
|
|
|
are specifically reserved for configuration file authors.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The following macros are defined and/or used internally by
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
for interpolation into argv's for mailers
|
|
|
|
or for other contexts.
|
|
|
|
The ones marked \(dg are information passed into sendmail\**,
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**As of version 8.6,
|
|
|
|
all of these macros have reasonable defaults.
|
|
|
|
Previous versions required that they be defined.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
the ones marked \(dd are information passed both in and out of sendmail,
|
|
|
|
and the unmarked macros are passed out of sendmail
|
|
|
|
but are not otherwise used internally.
|
|
|
|
These macros are:
|
|
|
|
.nr ii 5n
|
|
|
|
.ip $a
|
|
|
|
The origination date in RFC 822 format.
|
|
|
|
This is extracted from the Date: line.
|
|
|
|
.ip $b
|
|
|
|
The current date in RFC 822 format.
|
|
|
|
.ip $c
|
|
|
|
The hop count.
|
|
|
|
This is a count of the number of Received: lines
|
|
|
|
plus the value of the
|
|
|
|
.b \-h
|
|
|
|
command line flag.
|
|
|
|
.ip $d
|
|
|
|
The current date in UNIX (ctime) format.
|
|
|
|
.ip $e\(dg
|
|
|
|
(Obsolete; use SmtpGreetingMessage option instead.)
|
|
|
|
The SMTP entry message.
|
|
|
|
This is printed out when SMTP starts up.
|
|
|
|
The first word must be the
|
|
|
|
.b $j
|
|
|
|
macro as specified by RFC821.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to
|
|
|
|
.q "$j Sendmail $v ready at $b" .
|
|
|
|
Commonly redefined to include the configuration version number, e.g.,
|
|
|
|
.q "$j Sendmail $v/$Z ready at $b"
|
|
|
|
.ip $f
|
|
|
|
The envelope sender (from) address.
|
|
|
|
.ip $g
|
|
|
|
The sender address relative to the recipient.
|
|
|
|
For example, if
|
|
|
|
.b $f
|
|
|
|
is
|
|
|
|
.q foo ,
|
|
|
|
.b $g
|
|
|
|
will be
|
|
|
|
.q host!foo ,
|
|
|
|
.q foo@host.domain ,
|
|
|
|
or whatever is appropriate for the receiving mailer.
|
|
|
|
.ip $h
|
|
|
|
The recipient host.
|
|
|
|
This is set in ruleset 0 from the $# field of a parsed address.
|
|
|
|
.ip $i
|
|
|
|
The queue id,
|
|
|
|
e.g.,
|
|
|
|
.q HAA12345 .
|
|
|
|
.ip $j\(dd
|
|
|
|
The \*(lqofficial\*(rq domain name for this site.
|
|
|
|
This is fully qualified if the full qualification can be found.
|
|
|
|
It
|
|
|
|
.i must
|
|
|
|
be redefined to be the fully qualified domain name
|
|
|
|
if your system is not configured so that information can find
|
|
|
|
it automatically.
|
|
|
|
.ip $k
|
|
|
|
The UUCP node name (from the uname system call).
|
|
|
|
.ip $l\(dg
|
|
|
|
(Obsolete; use UnixFromLine option instead.)
|
|
|
|
The format of the UNIX from line.
|
|
|
|
Unless you have changed the UNIX mailbox format,
|
|
|
|
you should not change the default,
|
|
|
|
which is
|
|
|
|
.q "From $g $d" .
|
|
|
|
.ip $m
|
|
|
|
The domain part of the \fIgethostname\fP return value.
|
|
|
|
Under normal circumstances,
|
|
|
|
.b $j
|
|
|
|
is equivalent to
|
|
|
|
.b $w.$m .
|
|
|
|
.ip $n\(dg
|
|
|
|
The name of the daemon (for error messages).
|
|
|
|
Defaults to
|
|
|
|
.q MAILER-DAEMON .
|
|
|
|
.ip $o\(dg
|
|
|
|
(Obsolete: use OperatorChars option instead.)
|
|
|
|
The set of \*(lqoperators\*(rq in addresses.
|
|
|
|
A list of characters
|
|
|
|
which will be considered tokens
|
|
|
|
and which will separate tokens
|
|
|
|
when doing parsing.
|
|
|
|
For example, if
|
|
|
|
.q @
|
|
|
|
were in the
|
|
|
|
.b $o
|
|
|
|
macro, then the input
|
|
|
|
.q a@b
|
|
|
|
would be scanned as three tokens:
|
|
|
|
.q a,
|
|
|
|
.q @,
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q b.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to
|
|
|
|
.q ".:@[]" ,
|
|
|
|
which is the minimum set necessary to do RFC 822 parsing;
|
|
|
|
a richer set of operators is
|
|
|
|
.q ".:%@!/[]" ,
|
|
|
|
which adds support for UUCP, the %-hack, and X.400 addresses.
|
|
|
|
.ip $p
|
|
|
|
Sendmail's process id.
|
|
|
|
.ip $q\(dg
|
|
|
|
Default format of sender address.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b $q
|
|
|
|
macro specifies how an address should appear in a message
|
|
|
|
when it is defaulted.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to
|
|
|
|
.q "<$g>" .
|
|
|
|
It is commonly redefined to be
|
|
|
|
.q "$?x$x <$g>$|$g$."
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.q "$g$?x ($x)$." ,
|
|
|
|
corresponding to the following two formats:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
Eric Allman <eric@CS.Berkeley.EDU>
|
|
|
|
eric@CS.Berkeley.EDU (Eric Allman)
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
properly quotes names that have special characters
|
|
|
|
if the first form is used.
|
|
|
|
.ip $r
|
|
|
|
Protocol used to receive the message.
|
|
|
|
Set from the
|
|
|
|
.b \-p
|
|
|
|
command line flag or by the SMTP server code.
|
|
|
|
.ip $s
|
|
|
|
Sender's host name.
|
|
|
|
Set from the
|
|
|
|
.b \-p
|
|
|
|
command line flag or by the SMTP server code.
|
|
|
|
.ip $t
|
|
|
|
A numeric representation of the current time.
|
|
|
|
.ip $u
|
|
|
|
The recipient user.
|
|
|
|
.ip $v
|
|
|
|
The version number of the
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
binary.
|
|
|
|
.ip $w\(dd
|
|
|
|
The hostname of this site.
|
|
|
|
This is the root name of this host (but see below for caveats).
|
|
|
|
.ip $x
|
|
|
|
The full name of the sender.
|
|
|
|
.ip $z
|
|
|
|
The home directory of the recipient.
|
|
|
|
.ip $_
|
|
|
|
The validated sender address.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
There are three types of dates that can be used.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b $a
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b $b
|
|
|
|
macros are in RFC 822 format;
|
|
|
|
.b $a
|
|
|
|
is the time as extracted from the
|
|
|
|
.q Date:
|
|
|
|
line of the message
|
|
|
|
(if there was one),
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b $b
|
|
|
|
is the current date and time
|
|
|
|
(used for postmarks).
|
|
|
|
If no
|
|
|
|
.q Date:
|
|
|
|
line is found in the incoming message,
|
|
|
|
.b $a
|
|
|
|
is set to the current time also.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b $d
|
|
|
|
macro is equivalent to the
|
|
|
|
.b $b
|
|
|
|
macro in UNIX
|
|
|
|
(ctime)
|
|
|
|
format.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The macros
|
|
|
|
.b $w ,
|
|
|
|
.b $j ,
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b $m
|
|
|
|
are set to the identity of this host.
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
tries to find the fully qualified name of the host
|
|
|
|
if at all possible;
|
|
|
|
it does this by calling
|
|
|
|
.i gethostname (2)
|
|
|
|
to get the current hostname
|
|
|
|
and then passing that to
|
|
|
|
.i gethostbyname (3)
|
|
|
|
which is supposed to return the canonical version of that host name.\**
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**For example, on some systems
|
|
|
|
.i gethostname
|
|
|
|
might return
|
|
|
|
.q foo
|
|
|
|
which would be mapped to
|
|
|
|
.q foo.bar.com
|
|
|
|
by
|
|
|
|
.i gethostbyname .
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
Assuming this is successful,
|
|
|
|
.b $j
|
|
|
|
is set to the fully qualified name
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b $m
|
|
|
|
is set to the domain part of the name
|
|
|
|
(everything after the first dot).
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b $w
|
|
|
|
macro is set to the first word
|
|
|
|
(everything before the first dot)
|
|
|
|
if you have a level 5 or higher configuration file;
|
|
|
|
otherwise, it is set to the same value as
|
|
|
|
.b $j .
|
|
|
|
If the canonification is not successful,
|
|
|
|
it is imperative that the config file set
|
|
|
|
.b $j
|
|
|
|
to the fully qualified domain name\**.
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**Older versions of sendmail didn't pre-define
|
|
|
|
.b $j
|
|
|
|
at all, so up until 8.6,
|
|
|
|
config files
|
|
|
|
.i always
|
|
|
|
had to define
|
|
|
|
.b $j .
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b $f
|
|
|
|
macro is the id of the sender
|
|
|
|
as originally determined;
|
|
|
|
when mailing to a specific host
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.b $g
|
|
|
|
macro is set to the address of the sender
|
|
|
|
.ul
|
|
|
|
relative to the recipient.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
if I send to
|
|
|
|
.q bollard@matisse.CS.Berkeley.EDU
|
|
|
|
from the machine
|
|
|
|
.q vangogh.CS.Berkeley.EDU
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.b $f
|
|
|
|
macro will be
|
|
|
|
.q eric
|
|
|
|
and the
|
|
|
|
.b $g
|
|
|
|
macro will be
|
|
|
|
.q eric@vangogh.CS.Berkeley.EDU.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b $x
|
|
|
|
macro is set to the full name of the sender.
|
|
|
|
This can be determined in several ways.
|
|
|
|
It can be passed as flag to
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail .
|
|
|
|
It can be defined in the
|
|
|
|
.sm NAME
|
|
|
|
environment variable.
|
|
|
|
The third choice is the value of the
|
|
|
|
.q Full-Name:
|
|
|
|
line in the header if it exists,
|
|
|
|
and the fourth choice is the comment field
|
|
|
|
of a
|
|
|
|
.q From:
|
|
|
|
line.
|
|
|
|
If all of these fail,
|
|
|
|
and if the message is being originated locally,
|
|
|
|
the full name is looked up in the
|
|
|
|
.i /etc/passwd
|
|
|
|
file.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
When sending,
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.b $h ,
|
|
|
|
.b $u ,
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b $z
|
|
|
|
macros get set to the host, user, and home directory
|
|
|
|
(if local)
|
|
|
|
of the recipient.
|
|
|
|
The first two are set from the
|
|
|
|
.b $@
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b $:
|
|
|
|
part of the rewriting rules, respectively.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b $p
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b $t
|
|
|
|
macros are used to create unique strings
|
|
|
|
(e.g., for the
|
|
|
|
.q Message-Id:
|
|
|
|
field).
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b $i
|
|
|
|
macro is set to the queue id on this host;
|
|
|
|
if put into the timestamp line
|
|
|
|
it can be extremely useful for tracking messages.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b $v
|
|
|
|
macro is set to be the version number of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail ;
|
|
|
|
this is normally put in timestamps
|
|
|
|
and has been proven extremely useful for debugging.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b $c
|
|
|
|
field is set to the
|
|
|
|
.q "hop count,"
|
|
|
|
i.e., the number of times this message has been processed.
|
|
|
|
This can be determined
|
|
|
|
by the
|
|
|
|
.b \-h
|
|
|
|
flag on the command line
|
|
|
|
or by counting the timestamps in the message.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b $r
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b $s
|
|
|
|
fields are set to the protocol used to communicate with
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
and the sending hostname.
|
|
|
|
They can be set together using the
|
|
|
|
.b \-p
|
|
|
|
command line flag or separately using the
|
|
|
|
.b \-M
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.b \-oM
|
|
|
|
flags.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b $_
|
|
|
|
is set to a validated sender host name.
|
|
|
|
If the sender is running an RFC 1413 compliant IDENT server
|
|
|
|
and the receiver has the IDENT protocol turned on,
|
|
|
|
it will include the user name on that host.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b ${client_name}
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b ${client_addr}
|
|
|
|
are set to the name and address of the SMTP client
|
|
|
|
who is invoking
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
as a server.
|
|
|
|
These can be used in the
|
|
|
|
.i check_*
|
|
|
|
rulesets (using the
|
|
|
|
.b $&
|
|
|
|
deferred evaluation form, of course!).
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.sh 2 "C and F \*- Define Classes"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Classes of phrases may be defined
|
|
|
|
to match on the left hand side of rewriting rules,
|
|
|
|
where a
|
|
|
|
.q phrase
|
|
|
|
is a sequence of characters that do not contain space characters.
|
|
|
|
For example
|
|
|
|
a class of all local names for this site
|
|
|
|
might be created
|
|
|
|
so that attempts to send to oneself
|
|
|
|
can be eliminated.
|
|
|
|
These can either be defined directly in the configuration file
|
|
|
|
or read in from another file.
|
|
|
|
Classes are named as a single letter or a word in {braces}.
|
|
|
|
Class names beginning with lower case letters
|
|
|
|
and special characters are reserved for system use.
|
|
|
|
Classes defined in config files may be given names
|
|
|
|
from the set of upper case letters for short names
|
|
|
|
or beginning with an upper case letter for long names.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The syntax is:
|
|
|
|
.(b F
|
|
|
|
.b C \c
|
|
|
|
.i c\|phrase1
|
|
|
|
.i phrase2...
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.b F \c
|
|
|
|
.i c\|file
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
The first form defines the class
|
|
|
|
.i c
|
|
|
|
to match any of the named words.
|
|
|
|
It is permissible to split them among multiple lines;
|
|
|
|
for example, the two forms:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
CHmonet ucbmonet
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
CHmonet
|
|
|
|
CHucbmonet
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
are equivalent.
|
|
|
|
The ``F'' form
|
|
|
|
reads the elements of the class
|
|
|
|
.i c
|
|
|
|
from the named
|
|
|
|
.i file .
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Elements of classes can be accessed in rules using
|
|
|
|
.b $=
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.b $~ .
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b $~
|
|
|
|
(match entries not in class)
|
|
|
|
only matches a single word;
|
|
|
|
multi-word entries in the class are ignored in this context.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
Some classes have internal meaning to
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail :
|
|
|
|
.nr ii 0.5i
|
|
|
|
.\".ip $=b
|
|
|
|
.\"A set of Content-Types that will not have the newline character
|
|
|
|
.\"translated to CR-LF before encoding into base64 MIME.
|
|
|
|
.\"The class can have major times
|
|
|
|
.\"(e.g.,
|
|
|
|
.\".q image )
|
|
|
|
.\"or full types
|
|
|
|
.\"(such as
|
|
|
|
.\".q application/octet-stream ).
|
|
|
|
.\"The class is initialized with
|
|
|
|
.\".q application/octet-stream ,
|
|
|
|
.\".q image ,
|
|
|
|
.\".q audio ,
|
|
|
|
.\"and
|
|
|
|
.\".q video .
|
|
|
|
.ip $=e
|
|
|
|
contains the Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be 8\(->7 bit encoded.
|
|
|
|
It is predefined to contain
|
|
|
|
.q 7bit ,
|
|
|
|
.q 8bit ,
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q binary .
|
|
|
|
.ip $=k
|
|
|
|
set to be the same as
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.b $k ,
|
|
|
|
that is, the UUCP node name.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip $=m
|
|
|
|
set to the set of domains by which this host is known,
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
initially just
|
|
|
|
.b $m .
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip $=n
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
can be set to the set of MIME body types
|
|
|
|
that can never be eight to seven bit encoded.
|
|
|
|
It defaults to
|
|
|
|
.q multipart/signed .
|
|
|
|
Message types
|
|
|
|
.q message/*
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q multipart/*
|
|
|
|
are never encoded directly.
|
|
|
|
Multipart messages are always handled recursively.
|
|
|
|
The handling of message/* messages
|
|
|
|
are controlled by class
|
|
|
|
.b $=s .
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip $=q
|
|
|
|
A set of Content-Types that will never be encoded as base64
|
|
|
|
(if they have to be encoded, they will be encoded as quoted-printable).
|
|
|
|
It can have primary types
|
|
|
|
(e.g.,
|
|
|
|
.q text )
|
|
|
|
or full types
|
|
|
|
(such as
|
|
|
|
.q text/plain ).
|
|
|
|
The class is initialized to have
|
|
|
|
.q text/plain
|
|
|
|
only.
|
|
|
|
.ip $=s
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
contains the set of subtypes of message that can be treated recursively.
|
|
|
|
By default it contains only
|
|
|
|
.q rfc822 .
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
.q message/*
|
|
|
|
types cannot be 8\(->7 bit encoded.
|
|
|
|
If a message containing eight bit data is sent to a seven bit host,
|
|
|
|
and that message cannot be encoded into seven bits,
|
|
|
|
it will be stripped to 7 bits.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip $=t
|
|
|
|
set to the set of trusted users by the
|
|
|
|
.b T
|
|
|
|
configuration line.
|
|
|
|
If you want to read trusted users from a file use
|
|
|
|
.b Ft \c
|
|
|
|
.i /file/name .
|
|
|
|
.ip $=w
|
|
|
|
set to be the set of all names
|
|
|
|
this host is known by.
|
|
|
|
This can be used to match local hostnames.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
can be compiled to allow a
|
|
|
|
.i scanf (3)
|
|
|
|
string on the
|
|
|
|
.b F
|
|
|
|
line.
|
|
|
|
This lets you do simplistic parsing of text files.
|
|
|
|
For example, to read all the user names in your system
|
|
|
|
.i /etc/passwd
|
|
|
|
file into a class, use
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
FL/etc/passwd %[^:]
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
which reads every line up to the first colon.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "M \*- Define Mailer"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Programs and interfaces to mailers
|
|
|
|
are defined in this line.
|
|
|
|
The format is:
|
|
|
|
.(b F
|
|
|
|
.b M \c
|
|
|
|
.i name ,
|
|
|
|
{\c
|
|
|
|
.i field =\c
|
|
|
|
.i value \|}*
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
where
|
|
|
|
.i name
|
|
|
|
is the name of the mailer
|
|
|
|
(used internally only)
|
|
|
|
and the
|
|
|
|
.q field=name
|
|
|
|
pairs define attributes of the mailer.
|
|
|
|
Fields are:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
.ta 1i
|
|
|
|
Path The pathname of the mailer
|
|
|
|
Flags Special flags for this mailer
|
|
|
|
Sender Rewriting set(s) for sender addresses
|
|
|
|
Recipient Rewriting set(s) for recipient addresses
|
|
|
|
Argv An argument vector to pass to this mailer
|
|
|
|
Eol The end-of-line string for this mailer
|
|
|
|
Maxsize The maximum message length to this mailer
|
|
|
|
Linelimit The maximum line length in the message body
|
|
|
|
Directory The working directory for the mailer
|
|
|
|
Userid The default user and group id to run as
|
|
|
|
Nice The nice(2) increment for the mailer
|
|
|
|
Charset The default character set for 8-bit characters
|
|
|
|
Type The MTS type information (used for error messages)
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
Only the first character of the field name is checked.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The following flags may be set in the mailer description.
|
|
|
|
Any other flags may be used freely
|
|
|
|
to conditionally assign headers to messages
|
|
|
|
destined for particular mailers.
|
|
|
|
Flags marked with \(dg
|
|
|
|
are not interpreted by the
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
binary;
|
|
|
|
these are the conventionally used to correlate to the flags portion
|
|
|
|
of the
|
|
|
|
.b H
|
|
|
|
line.
|
|
|
|
Flags marked with \(dd
|
|
|
|
apply to the mailers for the sender address
|
|
|
|
rather than the usual recipient mailers.
|
|
|
|
.nr ii 4n
|
|
|
|
.ip a
|
|
|
|
Run Extended SMTP (ESMTP) protocol (defined in RFCs 1651, 1652, and 1653).
|
|
|
|
This flag defaults on if the SMTP greeting message includes the word
|
|
|
|
.q ESMTP .
|
|
|
|
.ip A
|
|
|
|
Look up the user part of the address in the alias database.
|
|
|
|
Normally this is only set for local mailers.
|
|
|
|
.ip b
|
|
|
|
Force a blank line on the end of a message.
|
|
|
|
This is intended to work around some stupid versions of
|
|
|
|
/bin/mail
|
|
|
|
that require a blank line, but do not provide it themselves.
|
|
|
|
It would not normally be used on network mail.
|
|
|
|
.ip c
|
|
|
|
Do not include comments in addresses.
|
|
|
|
This should only be used if you have to work around
|
|
|
|
a remote mailer that gets confused by comments.
|
|
|
|
This strips addresses of the form
|
|
|
|
.q "Phrase <address>"
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.q "address (Comment)"
|
|
|
|
down to just
|
|
|
|
.q address .
|
|
|
|
.ip C\(dd
|
|
|
|
If mail is
|
|
|
|
.i received
|
|
|
|
from a mailer with this flag set,
|
|
|
|
any addresses in the header that do not have an at sign
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.q @ )
|
|
|
|
after being rewritten by ruleset three
|
|
|
|
will have the
|
|
|
|
.q @domain
|
|
|
|
clause from the sender envelope address
|
|
|
|
tacked on.
|
|
|
|
This allows mail with headers of the form:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
From: usera@hosta
|
|
|
|
To: userb@hostb, userc
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
to be rewritten as:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
From: usera@hosta
|
|
|
|
To: userb@hostb, userc@hosta
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
automatically.
|
|
|
|
However, it doesn't really work reliably.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip d
|
|
|
|
Do not include angle brackets around route-address syntax addresses.
|
|
|
|
This is useful on mailers that are going to pass addresses to a shell
|
|
|
|
that might interpret angle brackets as I/O redirection.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip D\(dg
|
|
|
|
This mailer wants a
|
|
|
|
.q Date:
|
|
|
|
header line.
|
|
|
|
.ip e
|
|
|
|
This mailer is expensive to connect to,
|
|
|
|
so try to avoid connecting normally;
|
|
|
|
any necessary connection will occur during a queue run.
|
|
|
|
.ip E
|
|
|
|
Escape lines beginning with
|
|
|
|
.q From
|
|
|
|
in the message with a `>' sign.
|
|
|
|
.ip f
|
|
|
|
The mailer wants a
|
|
|
|
.b \-f
|
|
|
|
.i from
|
|
|
|
flag,
|
|
|
|
but only if this is a network forward operation
|
|
|
|
(i.e.,
|
|
|
|
the mailer will give an error
|
|
|
|
if the executing user
|
|
|
|
does not have special permissions).
|
|
|
|
.ip F\(dg
|
|
|
|
This mailer wants a
|
|
|
|
.q From:
|
|
|
|
header line.
|
|
|
|
.ip g
|
|
|
|
Normally,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
sends internally generated email (e.g., error messages)
|
|
|
|
using the null return address
|
|
|
|
as required by RFC 1123.
|
|
|
|
However, some mailers don't accept a null return address.
|
|
|
|
If necessary,
|
|
|
|
you can set the
|
|
|
|
.b g
|
|
|
|
flag to prevent
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
from obeying the standards;
|
|
|
|
error messages will be sent as from the MAILER-DAEMON
|
|
|
|
(actually, the value of the
|
|
|
|
.b $n
|
|
|
|
macro).
|
|
|
|
.ip h
|
|
|
|
Upper case should be preserved in host names
|
|
|
|
for this mailer.
|
|
|
|
.ip I
|
|
|
|
This mailer will be speaking SMTP
|
|
|
|
to another
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
\*-
|
|
|
|
as such it can use special protocol features.
|
|
|
|
This option is not required
|
|
|
|
(i.e.,
|
|
|
|
if this option is omitted the transmission will still operate successfully,
|
|
|
|
although perhaps not as efficiently as possible).
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip j
|
|
|
|
Do User Database rewriting on recipients as well as senders.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip k
|
|
|
|
Normally when
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
connects to a host via SMTP,
|
|
|
|
it checks to make sure that this isn't accidently the same host name
|
|
|
|
as might happen if
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
is misconfigured or if a long-haul network interface is set in loopback mode.
|
|
|
|
This flag disables the loopback check.
|
|
|
|
It should only be used under very unusual circumstances.
|
|
|
|
.ip K
|
|
|
|
Currently unimplemented.
|
|
|
|
Reserved for chunking.
|
|
|
|
.ip l
|
|
|
|
This mailer is local
|
|
|
|
(i.e.,
|
|
|
|
final delivery will be performed).
|
|
|
|
.ip L
|
|
|
|
Limit the line lengths as specified in RFC821.
|
|
|
|
This deprecated option should be replaced by the
|
|
|
|
.b L=
|
|
|
|
mail declaration.
|
|
|
|
For historic reasons, the
|
|
|
|
.b L
|
|
|
|
flag also sets the
|
|
|
|
.b 7
|
|
|
|
flag.
|
|
|
|
.ip m
|
|
|
|
This mailer can send to multiple users
|
|
|
|
on the same host
|
|
|
|
in one transaction.
|
|
|
|
When a
|
|
|
|
.b $u
|
|
|
|
macro occurs in the
|
|
|
|
.i argv
|
|
|
|
part of the mailer definition,
|
|
|
|
that field will be repeated as necessary
|
|
|
|
for all qualifying users.
|
|
|
|
.ip M\(dg
|
|
|
|
This mailer wants a
|
|
|
|
.q Message-Id:
|
|
|
|
header line.
|
|
|
|
.ip n
|
|
|
|
Do not insert a UNIX-style
|
|
|
|
.q From
|
|
|
|
line on the front of the message.
|
|
|
|
.ip o
|
|
|
|
Always run as the owner of the recipient mailbox.
|
|
|
|
Normally
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
runs as the sender for locally generated mail
|
|
|
|
or as
|
|
|
|
.q daemon
|
|
|
|
(actually, the user specified in the
|
|
|
|
.b u
|
|
|
|
option)
|
|
|
|
when delivering network mail.
|
|
|
|
The normal behaviour is required by most local mailers,
|
|
|
|
which will not allow the envelope sender address
|
|
|
|
to be set unless the mailer is running as daemon.
|
|
|
|
This flag is ignored if the
|
|
|
|
.b S
|
|
|
|
flag is set.
|
|
|
|
.ip p
|
|
|
|
Use the route-addr style reverse-path in the SMTP
|
|
|
|
.q "MAIL FROM:"
|
|
|
|
command
|
|
|
|
rather than just the return address;
|
|
|
|
although this is required in RFC821 section 3.1,
|
|
|
|
many hosts do not process reverse-paths properly.
|
|
|
|
Reverse-paths are officially discouraged by RFC 1123.
|
|
|
|
.ip P\(dg
|
|
|
|
This mailer wants a
|
|
|
|
.q Return-Path:
|
|
|
|
line.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip q
|
|
|
|
When an address that resolves to this mailer is verified
|
|
|
|
(SMTP VRFY command),
|
|
|
|
generate 250 responses instead of 252 responses.
|
|
|
|
This will imply that the address is local.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip r
|
|
|
|
Same as
|
|
|
|
.b f ,
|
|
|
|
but sends a
|
|
|
|
.b \-r
|
|
|
|
flag.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip R
|
|
|
|
Open SMTP connections from a
|
|
|
|
.q secure
|
|
|
|
port.
|
|
|
|
Secure ports aren't
|
|
|
|
(secure, that is)
|
|
|
|
except on UNIX machines,
|
|
|
|
so it is unclear that this adds anything.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip s
|
|
|
|
Strip quote characters (" and \e) off of the address
|
|
|
|
before calling the mailer.
|
|
|
|
.ip S
|
|
|
|
Don't reset the userid
|
|
|
|
before calling the mailer.
|
|
|
|
This would be used in a secure environment
|
|
|
|
where
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
ran as root.
|
|
|
|
This could be used to avoid forged addresses.
|
|
|
|
If the
|
|
|
|
.b U=
|
|
|
|
field is also specified,
|
|
|
|
this flag causes the user id to always be set to that user and group
|
|
|
|
(instead of leaving it as root).
|
|
|
|
.ip u
|
|
|
|
Upper case should be preserved in user names
|
|
|
|
for this mailer.
|
|
|
|
.ip U
|
|
|
|
This mailer wants UUCP-style
|
|
|
|
.q From
|
|
|
|
lines with the ugly
|
|
|
|
.q "remote from <host>"
|
|
|
|
on the end.
|
|
|
|
.ip w
|
|
|
|
The user must have a valid account on this machine,
|
|
|
|
i.e.,
|
|
|
|
getpwnam
|
|
|
|
must succeed.
|
|
|
|
If not,
|
|
|
|
the mail is bounced.
|
|
|
|
This is required to get
|
|
|
|
.q \&.forward
|
|
|
|
capability.
|
|
|
|
.ip x\(dg
|
|
|
|
This mailer wants a
|
|
|
|
.q Full-Name:
|
|
|
|
header line.
|
|
|
|
.ip X
|
|
|
|
This mailer want to use the hidden dot algorithm
|
|
|
|
as specified in RFC821;
|
|
|
|
basically,
|
|
|
|
any line beginning with a dot
|
|
|
|
will have an extra dot prepended
|
|
|
|
(to be stripped at the other end).
|
|
|
|
This insures that lines in the message containing a dot
|
|
|
|
will not terminate the message prematurely.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip 0
|
|
|
|
Don't look up MX records for hosts sent via SMTP.
|
|
|
|
.ip 3
|
|
|
|
Extend the list of characters converted to =XX notation
|
|
|
|
when converting to Quoted-Printable
|
|
|
|
to include those that don't map cleanly between ASCII and EBCDIC.
|
|
|
|
Useful if you have IBM mainframes on site.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip 5
|
|
|
|
If no aliases are found for this address,
|
|
|
|
pass the address through ruleset 5 for possible alternate resolution.
|
|
|
|
This is intended to forward the mail to an alternate delivery spot.
|
|
|
|
.ip 7
|
|
|
|
Strip all output to seven bits.
|
|
|
|
This is the default if the
|
|
|
|
.b L
|
|
|
|
flag is set.
|
|
|
|
Note that clearing this option is not
|
|
|
|
sufficient to get full eight bit data passed through
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail .
|
|
|
|
If the
|
|
|
|
.b 7
|
|
|
|
option is set, this is essentially always set,
|
|
|
|
since the eighth bit was stripped on input.
|
|
|
|
Note that this option will only impact messages
|
|
|
|
that didn't have 8\(->7 bit MIME conversions performed.
|
|
|
|
.ip 8
|
|
|
|
If set,
|
|
|
|
it is acceptable to send eight bit data to this mailer;
|
|
|
|
the usual attempt to do 8\(->7 bit MIME conversions will be bypassed.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip 9
|
|
|
|
If set,
|
|
|
|
do
|
|
|
|
.i limited
|
|
|
|
7\(->8 bit MIME conversions.
|
|
|
|
These conversions are limited to text/plain data.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip :
|
|
|
|
Check addresses to see if they begin
|
|
|
|
.q :include: ;
|
|
|
|
if they do, convert them to the
|
|
|
|
.q *include*
|
|
|
|
mailer.
|
|
|
|
.ip |
|
|
|
|
Check addresses to see if they begin with a `|';
|
|
|
|
if they do, convert them to the
|
|
|
|
.q prog
|
|
|
|
mailer.
|
|
|
|
.ip /
|
|
|
|
Check addresses to see if they begin with a `/';
|
|
|
|
if they do, convert them to the
|
|
|
|
.q *file*
|
|
|
|
mailer.
|
|
|
|
.ip @
|
|
|
|
Look up addresses in the user database.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Configuration files prior to level 6
|
|
|
|
assume the `A', `w', `5', `:', `|', `/', and `@' options
|
|
|
|
on the mailer named
|
|
|
|
.q local .
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The mailer with the special name
|
|
|
|
.q error
|
|
|
|
can be used to generate a user error.
|
|
|
|
The (optional) host field is an exit status to be returned,
|
|
|
|
and the user field is a message to be printed.
|
|
|
|
The exit status may be numeric or one of the values
|
|
|
|
USAGE, NOUSER, NOHOST, UNAVAILABLE, SOFTWARE, TEMPFAIL, PROTOCOL, or CONFIG
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
to return the corresponding EX_ exit code,
|
|
|
|
or an enhanced error code as described in RFC 1893,
|
|
|
|
.ul
|
|
|
|
Enhanced Mail System Status Codes.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
For example, the entry:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
$#error $@ NOHOST $: Host unknown in this domain
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
on the RHS of a rule
|
|
|
|
will cause the specified error to be generated
|
|
|
|
and the
|
|
|
|
.q "Host unknown"
|
|
|
|
exit status to be returned
|
|
|
|
if the LHS matches.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
This mailer is only functional in rulesets 0, 5,
|
|
|
|
or one of the check_* rulesets.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The mailer named
|
|
|
|
.q local
|
|
|
|
.i must
|
|
|
|
be defined in every configuration file.
|
|
|
|
This is used to deliver local mail,
|
|
|
|
and is treated specially in several ways.
|
|
|
|
Additionally, three other mailers named
|
|
|
|
.q prog ,
|
|
|
|
.q *file* ,
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q *include*
|
|
|
|
may be defined to tune the delivery of messages to programs,
|
|
|
|
files,
|
|
|
|
and :include: lists respectively.
|
|
|
|
They default to:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
Mprog, P=/bin/sh, F=lsD, A=sh \-c $u
|
|
|
|
M*file*, P=/dev/null, F=lsDFMPEu, A=FILE
|
|
|
|
M*include*, P=/dev/null, F=su, A=INCLUDE
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The Sender and Recipient rewriting sets
|
|
|
|
may either be a simple ruleset id
|
|
|
|
or may be two ids separated by a slash;
|
|
|
|
if so, the first rewriting set is applied to envelope
|
|
|
|
addresses
|
|
|
|
and the second is applied to headers.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The Directory
|
|
|
|
is actually a colon-separated path of directories to try.
|
|
|
|
For example, the definition
|
|
|
|
.q D=$z:/
|
|
|
|
first tries to execute in the recipient's home directory;
|
|
|
|
if that is not available,
|
|
|
|
it tries to execute in the root of the filesystem.
|
|
|
|
This is intended to be used only on the
|
|
|
|
.q prog
|
|
|
|
mailer,
|
|
|
|
since some shells (such as
|
|
|
|
.i csh )
|
|
|
|
refuse to execute if they cannot read the home directory.
|
|
|
|
Since the queue directory is not normally readable by unprivileged users
|
|
|
|
.i csh
|
|
|
|
scripts as recipients can fail.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The Userid
|
|
|
|
specifies the default user and group id to run as,
|
|
|
|
overriding the
|
|
|
|
.b DefaultUser
|
|
|
|
option (q.v.).
|
|
|
|
If the
|
|
|
|
.b S
|
|
|
|
mailer flag is also specified,
|
|
|
|
this is the user and group to run as in all circumstances.
|
|
|
|
This may be given as
|
|
|
|
.i user:group
|
|
|
|
to set both the user and group id;
|
|
|
|
either may be an integer or a symbolic name to be looked up
|
|
|
|
in the
|
|
|
|
.i passwd
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.i group
|
|
|
|
files respectively.
|
|
|
|
If only a symbolic user name is specified,
|
|
|
|
the group id in the
|
|
|
|
.i passwd
|
|
|
|
file for that user is used as the group id.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The Charset field
|
|
|
|
is used when converting a message to MIME;
|
|
|
|
this is the character set used in the
|
|
|
|
Content-Type: header.
|
|
|
|
If this is not set, the
|
|
|
|
.b DefaultCharset
|
|
|
|
option is used,
|
|
|
|
and if that is not set, the value
|
|
|
|
.q unknown-8bit
|
|
|
|
is used.
|
|
|
|
.b WARNING:
|
|
|
|
this field applies to the sender's mailer,
|
|
|
|
not the recipient's mailer.
|
|
|
|
For example, if the envelope sender address
|
|
|
|
lists an address on the local network
|
|
|
|
and the recipient is on an external network,
|
|
|
|
the character set will be set from the Charset= field
|
|
|
|
for the local network mailer,
|
|
|
|
not that of the external network mailer.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The Type= field
|
|
|
|
sets the type information
|
|
|
|
used in MIME error messages
|
|
|
|
as defined by
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
RFC 1894.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
It is actually three values separated by slashes:
|
|
|
|
the MTA-type (that is, the description of how hosts are named),
|
|
|
|
the address type (the description of e-mail addresses),
|
|
|
|
and the diagnostic type (the description of error diagnostic codes).
|
|
|
|
Each of these must be a registered value
|
|
|
|
or begin with
|
|
|
|
.q X\- .
|
|
|
|
The default is
|
|
|
|
.q dns/rfc822/smtp .
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "H \*- Define Header"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The format of the header lines that
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
inserts into the message
|
|
|
|
are defined by the
|
|
|
|
.b H
|
|
|
|
line.
|
|
|
|
The syntax of this line is:
|
|
|
|
.(b F
|
|
|
|
.b H [\c
|
|
|
|
.b ? \c
|
|
|
|
.i mflags \c
|
|
|
|
.b ? ]\c
|
|
|
|
.i hname \c
|
|
|
|
.b :
|
|
|
|
.i htemplate
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
Continuation lines in this spec
|
|
|
|
are reflected directly into the outgoing message.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i htemplate
|
|
|
|
is macro expanded before insertion into the message.
|
|
|
|
If the
|
|
|
|
.i mflags
|
|
|
|
(surrounded by question marks)
|
|
|
|
are specified,
|
|
|
|
at least one of the specified flags
|
|
|
|
must be stated in the mailer definition
|
|
|
|
for this header to be automatically output.
|
|
|
|
If one of these headers is in the input
|
|
|
|
it is reflected to the output
|
|
|
|
regardless of these flags.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Some headers have special semantics
|
|
|
|
that will be described later.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "O \*- Set Option"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
There are a number of
|
|
|
|
global
|
|
|
|
options that
|
|
|
|
can be set from a configuration file.
|
|
|
|
Options are represented by full words;
|
|
|
|
some are also representable as single characters
|
|
|
|
for back compatibility.
|
|
|
|
The syntax of this line is:
|
|
|
|
.(b F
|
|
|
|
.b O \0
|
|
|
|
.i option \c
|
|
|
|
.b = \c
|
|
|
|
.i value
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
This sets option
|
|
|
|
.i option
|
|
|
|
to be
|
|
|
|
.i value .
|
|
|
|
Note that there
|
|
|
|
.i must
|
|
|
|
be a space between the letter `O' and the name of the option.
|
|
|
|
An older version is:
|
|
|
|
.(b F
|
|
|
|
.b O \c
|
|
|
|
.i o\|value
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
where the option
|
|
|
|
.i o
|
|
|
|
is a single character.
|
|
|
|
Depending on the option,
|
|
|
|
.i value
|
|
|
|
may be a string, an integer,
|
|
|
|
a boolean
|
|
|
|
(with legal values
|
|
|
|
.q t ,
|
|
|
|
.q T ,
|
|
|
|
.q f ,
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.q F ;
|
|
|
|
the default is TRUE),
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
a time interval.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The options supported (with the old, one character names in brackets) are:
|
|
|
|
.nr ii 1i
|
|
|
|
.ip "AliasFile=\fIspec, spec, ...\fP"
|
|
|
|
[A]
|
|
|
|
Specify possible alias file(s).
|
|
|
|
Each
|
|
|
|
.i spec
|
|
|
|
should be in the format
|
|
|
|
``\c
|
|
|
|
.i class \c
|
|
|
|
.b :
|
|
|
|
.i file ''
|
|
|
|
where
|
|
|
|
.i class \c
|
|
|
|
.b :
|
|
|
|
is optional and defaults to ``implicit''.
|
|
|
|
Depending on how
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
is compiled, valid classes are
|
|
|
|
.q implicit
|
|
|
|
(search through a compiled-in list of alias file types,
|
|
|
|
for back compatibility),
|
|
|
|
.q hash
|
|
|
|
(if
|
|
|
|
.sm NEWDB
|
|
|
|
is specified),
|
|
|
|
.q dbm
|
|
|
|
(if
|
|
|
|
.sm NDBM
|
|
|
|
is specified),
|
|
|
|
.q stab
|
|
|
|
(internal symbol table \*- not normally used
|
|
|
|
unless you have no other database lookup),
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.q nis
|
|
|
|
(if
|
|
|
|
.sm NIS
|
|
|
|
is specified).
|
|
|
|
If a list of
|
|
|
|
.i spec s
|
|
|
|
are provided,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
searches them in order.
|
|
|
|
.ip AliasWait=\fItimeout\fP
|
|
|
|
[a]
|
|
|
|
If set,
|
|
|
|
wait up to
|
|
|
|
.i timeout
|
|
|
|
(units default to minutes)
|
|
|
|
for an
|
|
|
|
.q @:@
|
|
|
|
entry to exist in the alias database
|
|
|
|
before starting up.
|
|
|
|
If it does not appear in the
|
|
|
|
.i timeout
|
|
|
|
interval
|
|
|
|
rebuild the database
|
|
|
|
(if the
|
|
|
|
.b AutoRebuildAliases
|
|
|
|
option is also set)
|
|
|
|
or issue a warning.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip AllowBogusHELO
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
If set, allow HELO SMTP commands that don't include a host name.
|
|
|
|
Setting this violates RFC 1123 section 5.2.5,
|
|
|
|
but is necessary to interoperate with several SMTP clients.
|
|
|
|
If there is a value, it is still checked for legitimacy.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip AutoRebuildAliases
|
|
|
|
[D]
|
|
|
|
If set,
|
|
|
|
rebuild the alias database if necessary and possible.
|
|
|
|
If this option is not set,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will never rebuild the alias database
|
|
|
|
unless explicitly requested
|
|
|
|
using
|
|
|
|
.b \-bi .
|
|
|
|
Not recommended \(em can cause thrashing.
|
|
|
|
.ip BlankSub=\fIc\fP
|
|
|
|
[B]
|
|
|
|
Set the blank substitution character to
|
|
|
|
.i c .
|
|
|
|
Unquoted spaces in addresses are replaced by this character.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to space (i.e., no change is made).
|
|
|
|
.ip CheckAliases
|
|
|
|
[n]
|
|
|
|
Validate the RHS of aliases when rebuilding the alias database.
|
|
|
|
.ip CheckpointInterval=\fIN\fP
|
|
|
|
[C]
|
|
|
|
Checkpoints the queue every
|
|
|
|
.i N
|
|
|
|
(default 10)
|
|
|
|
addresses sent.
|
|
|
|
If your system crashes during delivery to a large list,
|
|
|
|
this prevents retransmission to any but the last
|
|
|
|
.I N
|
|
|
|
recipients.
|
|
|
|
.ip ClassFactor=\fIfact\fP
|
|
|
|
[z]
|
|
|
|
The indicated
|
|
|
|
.i fact or
|
|
|
|
is multiplied by the message class
|
|
|
|
(determined by the Precedence: field in the user header
|
|
|
|
and the
|
|
|
|
.b P
|
|
|
|
lines in the configuration file)
|
|
|
|
and subtracted from the priority.
|
|
|
|
Thus, messages with a higher Priority: will be favored.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to 1800.
|
|
|
|
.ip ColonOkInAddr
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
If set, colons are acceptable in e-mail addresses
|
|
|
|
(e.g.,
|
|
|
|
.q host:user ).
|
|
|
|
If not set, colons indicate the beginning of a RFC 822 group construct
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.q "groupname: member1, member2, ... memberN;" ).
|
|
|
|
Doubled colons are always acceptable
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.q nodename::user )
|
|
|
|
and proper route-addr nesting is understood
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.q <@relay:user@host> ).
|
|
|
|
Furthermore, this option defaults on if the configuration version level
|
|
|
|
is less than 6 (for back compatibility).
|
|
|
|
However, it must be off for full compatibility with RFC 822.
|
|
|
|
.ip ConnectionCacheSize=\fIN\fP
|
|
|
|
[k]
|
|
|
|
The maximum number of open connections that will be cached at a time.
|
|
|
|
The default is one.
|
|
|
|
This delays closing the current connection until
|
|
|
|
either this invocation of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
needs to connect to another host
|
|
|
|
or it terminates.
|
|
|
|
Setting it to zero defaults to the old behavior,
|
|
|
|
that is, connections are closed immediately.
|
|
|
|
Since this consumes file descriptors,
|
|
|
|
the connection cache should be kept small:
|
|
|
|
4 is probably a practical maximum.
|
|
|
|
.ip ConnectionCacheTimeout=\fItimeout\fP
|
|
|
|
[K]
|
|
|
|
The maximum amount of time a cached connection will be permitted to idle
|
|
|
|
without activity.
|
|
|
|
If this time is exceeded,
|
|
|
|
the connection is immediately closed.
|
|
|
|
This value should be small (on the order of ten minutes).
|
|
|
|
Before
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
uses a cached connection,
|
|
|
|
it always sends a RSET command
|
|
|
|
to check the connection;
|
|
|
|
if this fails, it reopens the connection.
|
|
|
|
This keeps your end from failing if the other end times out.
|
|
|
|
The point of this option is to be a good network neighbor
|
|
|
|
and avoid using up excessive resources
|
|
|
|
on the other end.
|
|
|
|
The default is five minutes.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip ConnectionRateThrottle=\fIN\fP
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
If set to a positive value,
|
|
|
|
allow no more than
|
|
|
|
.i N
|
|
|
|
incoming daemon connections in a one second period.
|
|
|
|
This is intended to flatten out peaks
|
|
|
|
and allow the load average checking to cut in.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to zero (no limits).
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip DaemonPortOptions=\fIoptions\fP
|
|
|
|
[O]
|
|
|
|
Set server SMTP options.
|
|
|
|
The options are
|
|
|
|
.i key=value
|
|
|
|
pairs.
|
|
|
|
Known keys are:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
.ta 1i
|
|
|
|
Port Name/number of listening port (defaults to "smtp")
|
|
|
|
Addr Address mask (defaults INADDR_ANY)
|
|
|
|
Family Address family (defaults to INET)
|
|
|
|
Listen Size of listen queue (defaults to 10)
|
|
|
|
SndBufSize Size of TCP send buffer
|
|
|
|
RcvBufSize Size of TCP receive buffer
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i Addr ess
|
|
|
|
mask may be a numeric address in dot notation
|
|
|
|
or a network name.
|
|
|
|
.ip DefaultCharSet=\fIcharset\fP
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
When a message that has 8-bit characters but is not in MIME format
|
|
|
|
is converted to MIME
|
|
|
|
(see the EightBitMode option)
|
|
|
|
a character set must be included in the Content-Type: header.
|
|
|
|
This character set is normally set from the Charset= field
|
|
|
|
of the mailer descriptor.
|
|
|
|
If that is not set, the value of this option is used.
|
|
|
|
If this option is not set, the value
|
|
|
|
.q unknown-8bit
|
|
|
|
is used.
|
|
|
|
.ip DefaultUser=\fIuser:group\fP
|
|
|
|
[u]
|
|
|
|
Set the default userid for mailers to
|
|
|
|
.i user:group .
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.i group
|
|
|
|
is omitted and
|
|
|
|
.i user
|
|
|
|
is a user name
|
|
|
|
(as opposed to a numeric user id)
|
|
|
|
the default group listed in the /etc/passwd file for that user is used
|
|
|
|
as the default group.
|
|
|
|
Both
|
|
|
|
.i user
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.i group
|
|
|
|
may be numeric.
|
|
|
|
Mailers without the
|
|
|
|
.i S
|
|
|
|
flag in the mailer definition
|
|
|
|
will run as this user.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to 1:1.
|
|
|
|
The value can also be given as a symbolic user name.\**
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**The old
|
|
|
|
.b g
|
|
|
|
option has been combined into the
|
|
|
|
.b DefaultUser
|
|
|
|
option.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
.ip DeliveryMode=\fIx\fP
|
|
|
|
[d]
|
|
|
|
Deliver in mode
|
|
|
|
.i x .
|
|
|
|
Legal modes are:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
.ta 4n
|
|
|
|
i Deliver interactively (synchronously)
|
|
|
|
b Deliver in background (asynchronously)
|
|
|
|
q Just queue the message (deliver during queue run)
|
|
|
|
d Defer delivery and all map lookups (deliver during queue run)
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
Defaults to ``b'' if no option is specified,
|
|
|
|
``i'' if it is specified but given no argument
|
|
|
|
(i.e., ``Od'' is equivalent to ``Odi'').
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b \-v
|
|
|
|
command line flag sets this to
|
|
|
|
.b i .
|
|
|
|
.ip DialDelay=\fIsleeptime\fP
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
Dial-on-demand network connections can see timeouts
|
|
|
|
if a connection is opened before the call is set up.
|
|
|
|
If this is set to an interval and a connection times out
|
|
|
|
on the first connection being attempted
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will sleep for this amount of time and try again.
|
|
|
|
This should give your system time to establish the connection
|
|
|
|
to your service provider.
|
|
|
|
Units default to seconds, so
|
|
|
|
.q DialDelay=5
|
|
|
|
uses a five second delay.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to zero
|
|
|
|
(no retry).
|
|
|
|
.ip DontExpandCnames
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
The standards say that all host addresses used in a mail message
|
|
|
|
must be fully canonical.
|
|
|
|
For example, if your host is named
|
|
|
|
.q Cruft.Foo.ORG
|
|
|
|
and also has an alias of
|
|
|
|
.q FTP.Foo.ORG ,
|
|
|
|
the former name must be used at all times.
|
|
|
|
This is enforced during host name canonification
|
|
|
|
($[ ... $] lookups).
|
|
|
|
If this option is set, the protocols are ignored and the
|
|
|
|
.q wrong
|
|
|
|
thing is done.
|
|
|
|
However, the IETF is moving toward changing this standard,
|
|
|
|
so the behaviour may become acceptable.
|
|
|
|
Please note that hosts downstream may still rewrite the address
|
|
|
|
to be the true canonical name however.
|
|
|
|
.ip DontInitGroups
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
If set,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will avoid using the initgroups(3) call.
|
|
|
|
If you are running NIS,
|
|
|
|
this causes a sequential scan of the groups.byname map,
|
|
|
|
which can cause your NIS server to be badly overloaded in a large domain.
|
|
|
|
The cost of this is that the only group found for users
|
|
|
|
will be their primary group (the one in the password file),
|
|
|
|
which will make file access permissions somewhat more restrictive.
|
|
|
|
Has no effect on systems that don't have group lists.
|
|
|
|
.ip DontPruneRoutes
|
|
|
|
[R]
|
|
|
|
Normally,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
tries to eliminate any unnecessary explicit routes
|
|
|
|
when sending an error message
|
|
|
|
(as discussed in RFC 1123 \(sc 5.2.6).
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
when sending an error message to
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
<@known1,@known2,@known3:user@unknown>
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will strip off the
|
|
|
|
.q @known1,@known2
|
|
|
|
in order to make the route as direct as possible.
|
|
|
|
However, if the
|
|
|
|
.b R
|
|
|
|
option is set, this will be disabled,
|
|
|
|
and the mail will be sent to the first address in the route,
|
|
|
|
even if later addresses are known.
|
|
|
|
This may be useful if you are caught behind a firewall.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip DoubleBounceAddress=\fIerror-address\fP
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
If an error occurs when sending an error message,
|
|
|
|
send the error report
|
|
|
|
(termed a
|
|
|
|
.q "double bounce"
|
|
|
|
because it is an error
|
|
|
|
.q bounce
|
|
|
|
that occurs when trying to send another error
|
|
|
|
.q bounce )
|
|
|
|
to the indicated address.
|
|
|
|
If not set, defaults to
|
|
|
|
.q postmaster .
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip EightBitMode=\fIaction\fP
|
|
|
|
[8]
|
|
|
|
Set handling of eight-bit data.
|
|
|
|
There are two kinds of eight-bit data:
|
|
|
|
that declared as such using the
|
|
|
|
.b BODY=8BITMIME
|
|
|
|
ESMTP declaration or the
|
|
|
|
.b \-B8BITMIME
|
|
|
|
command line flag,
|
|
|
|
and undeclared 8-bit data, that is,
|
|
|
|
input that just happens to be eight bits.
|
|
|
|
There are three basic operations that can happen:
|
|
|
|
undeclared 8-bit data can be automatically converted to 8BITMIME,
|
|
|
|
undeclared 8-bit data can be passed as-is without conversion to MIME
|
|
|
|
(``just send 8''),
|
|
|
|
and declared 8-bit data can be converted to 7-bits
|
|
|
|
for transmission to a non-8BITMIME mailer.
|
|
|
|
The possible
|
|
|
|
.i action s
|
|
|
|
are:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
.\" r Reject undeclared 8-bit data;
|
|
|
|
.\" don't convert 8BITMIME\(->7BIT (``reject'')
|
|
|
|
s Reject undeclared 8-bit data (``strict'')
|
|
|
|
.\" do convert 8BITMIME\(->7BIT (``strict'')
|
|
|
|
.\" c Convert undeclared 8-bit data to MIME;
|
|
|
|
.\" don't convert 8BITMIME\(->7BIT (``convert'')
|
|
|
|
m Convert undeclared 8-bit data to MIME (``mime'')
|
|
|
|
.\" do convert 8BITMIME\(->7BIT (``mime'')
|
|
|
|
.\" j Pass undeclared 8-bit data;
|
|
|
|
.\" don't convert 8BITMIME\(->7BIT (``just send 8'')
|
|
|
|
p Pass undeclared 8-bit data (``pass'')
|
|
|
|
.\" do convert 8BITMIME\(->7BIT (``pass'')
|
|
|
|
.\" a Adaptive algorithm: see below
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
.\"The adaptive algorithm is to accept 8-bit data,
|
|
|
|
.\"converting it to 8BITMIME only if the receiver understands that,
|
|
|
|
.\"otherwise just passing it as undeclared 8-bit data;
|
|
|
|
.\"8BITMIME\(->7BIT conversions are done.
|
|
|
|
In all cases properly declared 8BITMIME data will be converted to 7BIT
|
|
|
|
as needed.
|
|
|
|
.ip ErrorHeader=\fIfile-or-message\fP
|
|
|
|
[E]
|
|
|
|
Prepend error messages with the indicated message.
|
|
|
|
If it begins with a slash,
|
|
|
|
it is assumed to be the pathname of a file
|
|
|
|
containing a message (this is the recommended setting).
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, it is a literal message.
|
|
|
|
The error file might contain the name, email address, and/or phone number
|
|
|
|
of a local postmaster who could provide assistance
|
|
|
|
in to end users.
|
|
|
|
If the option is missing or null,
|
|
|
|
or if it names a file which does not exist or which is not readable,
|
|
|
|
no message is printed.
|
|
|
|
.ip ErrorMode=\fIx\fP
|
|
|
|
[e]
|
|
|
|
Dispose of errors using mode
|
|
|
|
.i x .
|
|
|
|
The values for
|
|
|
|
.i x
|
|
|
|
are:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
p Print error messages (default)
|
|
|
|
q No messages, just give exit status
|
|
|
|
m Mail back errors
|
|
|
|
w Write back errors (mail if user not logged in)
|
|
|
|
e Mail back errors and give zero exit stat always
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
.ip FallbackMXhost=\fIfallbackhost\fP
|
|
|
|
[V]
|
|
|
|
If specified, the
|
|
|
|
.i fallbackhost
|
|
|
|
acts like a very low priority MX
|
|
|
|
on every host.
|
|
|
|
This is intended to be used by sites with poor network connectivity.
|
|
|
|
.ip ForkEachJob
|
|
|
|
[Y]
|
|
|
|
If set,
|
|
|
|
deliver each job that is run from the queue in a separate process.
|
|
|
|
Use this option if you are short of memory,
|
|
|
|
since the default tends to consume considerable amounts of memory
|
|
|
|
while the queue is being processed.
|
|
|
|
.ip ForwardPath=\fIpath\fP
|
|
|
|
[J]
|
|
|
|
Set the path for searching for users' .forward files.
|
|
|
|
The default is
|
|
|
|
.q $z/.forward .
|
|
|
|
Some sites that use the automounter may prefer to change this to
|
|
|
|
.q /var/forward/$u
|
|
|
|
to search a file with the same name as the user in a system directory.
|
|
|
|
It can also be set to a sequence of paths separated by colons;
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
stops at the first file it can successfully and safely open.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
.q /var/forward/$u:$z/.forward
|
|
|
|
will search first in /var/forward/\c
|
|
|
|
.i username
|
|
|
|
and then in
|
|
|
|
.i ~username /.forward
|
|
|
|
(but only if the first file does not exist).
|
|
|
|
.ip HelpFile=\fIfile\fP
|
|
|
|
[H]
|
|
|
|
Specify the help file
|
|
|
|
for SMTP.
|
|
|
|
.ip HoldExpensive
|
|
|
|
[c]
|
|
|
|
If an outgoing mailer is marked as being expensive,
|
|
|
|
don't connect immediately.
|
|
|
|
This requires that queueing be compiled in,
|
|
|
|
since it will depend on a queue run process to
|
|
|
|
actually send the mail.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip HostsFile=\fIpath\fP
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
The path to the hosts database,
|
|
|
|
normally
|
|
|
|
.q /etc/hosts .
|
|
|
|
This option is only consulted when sendmail
|
|
|
|
is canonifying addresses,
|
|
|
|
and then only when
|
|
|
|
.q files
|
|
|
|
is in the
|
|
|
|
.q hosts
|
|
|
|
service switch entry.
|
|
|
|
In particular, this file is
|
|
|
|
.i never
|
|
|
|
used when looking up host addresses;
|
|
|
|
that is under the control of the system
|
|
|
|
.i gethostbyname (3)
|
|
|
|
routine.
|
|
|
|
.ip HostStatusDirectory=\fIpath\fP
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
The location of the long term host status information.
|
|
|
|
When set,
|
|
|
|
information about the status of hosts
|
|
|
|
(e.g., host down or not accepting connections)
|
|
|
|
will be shared between all
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
processes;
|
|
|
|
normally, this information is only held within a single queue run.
|
|
|
|
This option requires a connection cache of at least 1 to function.
|
|
|
|
If the option begins with a leading `/',
|
|
|
|
it is an absolute pathname;
|
|
|
|
otherwise,
|
|
|
|
it is relative to the mail queue directory.
|
|
|
|
A suggested value for sites desiring persistent host status is
|
|
|
|
.q \&.hoststat
|
|
|
|
(i.e., a subdirectory of the queue directory).
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip IgnoreDots
|
|
|
|
[i]
|
|
|
|
Ignore dots in incoming messages.
|
|
|
|
This is always disabled (that is, dots are always accepted)
|
|
|
|
when reading SMTP mail.
|
|
|
|
.ip LogLevel=\fIn\fP
|
|
|
|
[L]
|
|
|
|
Set the default log level to
|
|
|
|
.i n .
|
|
|
|
Defaults to 9.
|
|
|
|
.ip M\fIx\|value\fP
|
|
|
|
[no long version]
|
|
|
|
Set the macro
|
|
|
|
.i x
|
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
|
.i value .
|
|
|
|
This is intended only for use from the command line.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b \-M
|
|
|
|
flag is preferred.
|
|
|
|
.ip MatchGECOS
|
|
|
|
[G]
|
|
|
|
Allow fuzzy matching on the GECOS field.
|
|
|
|
If this flag is set,
|
|
|
|
and the usual user name lookups fail
|
|
|
|
(that is, there is no alias with this name and a
|
|
|
|
.i getpwnam
|
|
|
|
fails),
|
|
|
|
sequentially search the password file
|
|
|
|
for a matching entry in the GECOS field.
|
|
|
|
This also requires that MATCHGECOS
|
|
|
|
be turned on during compilation.
|
|
|
|
This option is not recommended.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip MaxDaemonChildren=\fIN\fP
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
If set,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will refuse connections when it has more than
|
|
|
|
.i N
|
|
|
|
children processing incoming mail.
|
|
|
|
This does not limit the number of outgoing connections.
|
|
|
|
If not set, there is no limit to the number of children --
|
|
|
|
that is, the system load averaging controls this.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip MaxHopCount=\fIN\fP
|
|
|
|
[h]
|
|
|
|
The maximum hop count.
|
|
|
|
Messages that have been processed more than
|
|
|
|
.i N
|
|
|
|
times are assumed to be in a loop and are rejected.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to 25.
|
|
|
|
.ip MaxHostStatAge=\fIage\fP
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
Not yet implemented.
|
|
|
|
This option specifies how long host status information will be retained.
|
|
|
|
For example, if a host is found to be down,
|
|
|
|
connections to that host will not be retried for this interval.
|
|
|
|
The units default to minutes.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip MaxMessageSize=\fIN\fP
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
Specify the maximum message size
|
|
|
|
to be advertised in the ESMTP EHLO response.
|
|
|
|
Messages larger than this will be rejected.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip MaxQueueRunSize=\fIN\fP
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
The maximum number of jobs that will be processed
|
|
|
|
in a single queue run.
|
|
|
|
If not set, there is no limit on the size.
|
|
|
|
If you have very large queues or a very short queue run interval
|
|
|
|
this could be unstable.
|
|
|
|
However, since the first
|
|
|
|
.i N
|
|
|
|
jobs in queue directory order are run (rather than the
|
|
|
|
.i N
|
|
|
|
highest priority jobs)
|
|
|
|
this should be set as high as possible to avoid
|
|
|
|
.q losing
|
|
|
|
jobs that happen to fall late in the queue directory.
|
|
|
|
.ip MeToo
|
|
|
|
[m]
|
|
|
|
Send to me too,
|
|
|
|
even if I am in an alias expansion.
|
|
|
|
.ip MinFreeBlocks=\fIN\fP
|
|
|
|
[b]
|
|
|
|
Insist on at least
|
|
|
|
.i N
|
|
|
|
blocks free on the filesystem that holds the queue files
|
|
|
|
before accepting email via SMTP.
|
|
|
|
If there is insufficient space
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
gives a 452 response
|
|
|
|
to the MAIL command.
|
|
|
|
This invites the sender to try again later.
|
|
|
|
.ip MinQueueAge=\fPage\fP
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
Don't process any queued jobs
|
|
|
|
that have been in the queue less than the indicated time interval.
|
|
|
|
This is intended to allow you to get responsiveness
|
|
|
|
by processing the queue fairly frequently
|
|
|
|
without thrashing your system by trying jobs too often.
|
|
|
|
The default units are minutes.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip MustQuoteChars=\fIs\fP
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
Sets the list of characters that must be quoted if used in a full name
|
|
|
|
that is in the phrase part of a ``phrase <address>'' syntax.
|
|
|
|
The default is ``\'.''.
|
|
|
|
The characters ``@,;:\e()[]'' are always added to this list.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip NoRecipientAction
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
The action to take when you receive a message that has no valid
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
recipient headers (To:, Cc:, Bcc:, or Apparently-To: \(em
|
|
|
|
the last included for back compatibility with old
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail s).
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
It can be
|
|
|
|
.b None
|
|
|
|
to pass the message on unmodified,
|
|
|
|
which violates the protocol,
|
|
|
|
.b Add-To
|
|
|
|
to add a To: header with any recipients it can find in the envelope
|
|
|
|
(which might expose Bcc: recipients),
|
|
|
|
.b Add-Apparently-To
|
|
|
|
to add an Apparently-To: header
|
|
|
|
(this is only for back-compatibility
|
|
|
|
and is officially deprecated),
|
|
|
|
.b Add-To-Undisclosed
|
|
|
|
to add a header
|
|
|
|
.q "To: undisclosed-recipients:;"
|
|
|
|
to make the header legal without disclosing anything,
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.b Add-Bcc
|
|
|
|
to add an empty Bcc: header.
|
|
|
|
.ip OldStyleHeaders
|
|
|
|
[o]
|
|
|
|
Assume that the headers may be in old format,
|
|
|
|
i.e.,
|
|
|
|
spaces delimit names.
|
|
|
|
This actually turns on
|
|
|
|
an adaptive algorithm:
|
|
|
|
if any recipient address contains a comma, parenthesis,
|
|
|
|
or angle bracket,
|
|
|
|
it will be assumed that commas already exist.
|
|
|
|
If this flag is not on,
|
|
|
|
only commas delimit names.
|
|
|
|
Headers are always output with commas between the names.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to off.
|
|
|
|
.ip OperatorChars=\fIcharlist\fP
|
|
|
|
[$o macro]
|
|
|
|
The list of characters that are considered to be
|
|
|
|
.q operators ,
|
|
|
|
that is, characters that delimit tokens.
|
|
|
|
All operator characters are tokens by themselves;
|
|
|
|
sequences of non-operator characters are also tokens.
|
|
|
|
White space characters separate tokens
|
|
|
|
but are not tokens themselves \(em for example,
|
|
|
|
.q AAA.BBB
|
|
|
|
has three tokens, but
|
|
|
|
.q "AAA BBB"
|
|
|
|
has two.
|
|
|
|
If not set, OperatorChars defaults to
|
|
|
|
.q \&.\|:\|@\|[\|] ;
|
|
|
|
additionally, the characters
|
|
|
|
.q (\|)\|<\|>\|,\|;
|
|
|
|
are always operators.
|
|
|
|
.ip PostmasterCopy=\fIpostmaster\fP
|
|
|
|
[P]
|
|
|
|
If set,
|
|
|
|
copies of error messages will be sent to the named
|
|
|
|
.i postmaster .
|
|
|
|
Only the header of the failed message is sent.
|
|
|
|
Since most errors are user problems,
|
|
|
|
this is probably not a good idea on large sites,
|
|
|
|
and arguably contains all sorts of privacy violations,
|
|
|
|
but it seems to be popular with certain operating systems vendors.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to no postmaster copies.
|
|
|
|
.ip PrivacyOptions=\fI\|opt,opt,...\fP
|
|
|
|
[p]
|
|
|
|
Set the privacy
|
|
|
|
.i opt ions.
|
|
|
|
``Privacy'' is really a misnomer;
|
|
|
|
many of these are just a way of insisting on stricter adherence
|
|
|
|
to the SMTP protocol.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i opt ions
|
|
|
|
can be selected from:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
.ta \w'needvrfyhelo'u+3n
|
|
|
|
public Allow open access
|
|
|
|
needmailhelo Insist on HELO or EHLO command before MAIL
|
|
|
|
needexpnhelo Insist on HELO or EHLO command before EXPN
|
|
|
|
noexpn Disallow EXPN entirely
|
|
|
|
needvrfyhelo Insist on HELO or EHLO command before VRFY
|
|
|
|
novrfy Disallow VRFY entirely
|
|
|
|
restrictmailq Restrict mailq command
|
|
|
|
restrictqrun Restrict \-q command line flag
|
|
|
|
noreceipts Don't return success DSNs
|
|
|
|
goaway Disallow essentially all SMTP status queries
|
|
|
|
authwarnings Put X-Authentication-Warning: headers in messages
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.q goaway
|
|
|
|
pseudo-flag sets all flags except
|
|
|
|
.q restrictmailq
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q restrictqrun .
|
|
|
|
If mailq is restricted,
|
|
|
|
only people in the same group as the queue directory
|
|
|
|
can print the queue.
|
|
|
|
If queue runs are restricted,
|
|
|
|
only root and the owner of the queue directory
|
|
|
|
can run the queue.
|
|
|
|
Authentication Warnings add warnings about various conditions
|
|
|
|
that may indicate attempts to spoof the mail system,
|
|
|
|
such as using an non-standard queue directory.
|
|
|
|
.ip QueueDirectory=\fIdir\fP
|
|
|
|
[Q]
|
|
|
|
Use the named
|
|
|
|
.i dir
|
|
|
|
as the queue directory.
|
|
|
|
.ip QueueFactor=\fIfactor\fP
|
|
|
|
[q]
|
|
|
|
Use
|
|
|
|
.i factor
|
|
|
|
as the multiplier in the map function
|
|
|
|
to decide when to just queue up jobs rather than run them.
|
|
|
|
This value is divided by the difference between the current load average
|
|
|
|
and the load average limit
|
|
|
|
(\c
|
|
|
|
.b QueueLA
|
|
|
|
option)
|
|
|
|
to determine the maximum message priority
|
|
|
|
that will be sent.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to 600000.
|
|
|
|
.ip QueueLA=\fILA\fP
|
|
|
|
[x]
|
|
|
|
When the system load average exceeds
|
|
|
|
.i LA ,
|
|
|
|
just queue messages
|
|
|
|
(i.e., don't try to send them).
|
|
|
|
Defaults to 8.
|
|
|
|
.ip QueueSortOrder=\fIalgorithm\fP
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
Sets the
|
|
|
|
.i algorithm
|
|
|
|
used for sorting the queue.
|
|
|
|
Only the first character of the value is used.
|
|
|
|
Legal values are
|
|
|
|
.q host
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
(to order by the name of the first host name of the first recipient),
|
|
|
|
.q time
|
|
|
|
(to order by the submission time),
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q priority
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
(to order by message priority).
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
Host ordering makes better use of the connection cache,
|
|
|
|
but may tend to process low priority messages
|
|
|
|
that go to a single host
|
|
|
|
over high priority messages that go to several hosts;
|
|
|
|
it probably shouldn't be used on slow network links.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
Time ordering is almost always a bad idea,
|
|
|
|
since it allows large, bulk mail to go out
|
|
|
|
before smaller, personal mail,
|
|
|
|
but may have applicability on some hosts with very fast connections.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
Priority ordering is the default.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip QueueTimeout=\fItimeout\fP
|
|
|
|
[T]
|
|
|
|
A synonym for
|
|
|
|
.q Timeout.queuereturn .
|
|
|
|
Use that form instead of the
|
|
|
|
.q QueueTimeout
|
|
|
|
form.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip ResolverOptions=\fIoptions\fP
|
|
|
|
[I]
|
|
|
|
Set resolver options.
|
|
|
|
Values can be set using
|
|
|
|
.b + \c
|
|
|
|
.i flag
|
|
|
|
and cleared using
|
|
|
|
.b \- \c
|
|
|
|
.i flag ;
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.i flag s
|
|
|
|
can be
|
|
|
|
.q debug ,
|
|
|
|
.q aaonly ,
|
|
|
|
.q usevc ,
|
|
|
|
.q primary ,
|
|
|
|
.q igntc ,
|
|
|
|
.q recurse ,
|
|
|
|
.q defnames ,
|
|
|
|
.q stayopen ,
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.q dnsrch .
|
|
|
|
The string
|
|
|
|
.q HasWildcardMX
|
|
|
|
(without a
|
|
|
|
.b +
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.b \- )
|
|
|
|
can be specified to turn off matching against MX records
|
|
|
|
when doing name canonifications.
|
|
|
|
.b N.B.
|
|
|
|
Prior to 8.7,
|
|
|
|
this option indicated that the name server be responding
|
|
|
|
in order to accept addresses.
|
|
|
|
This has been replaced by checking to see
|
|
|
|
if the
|
|
|
|
.q dns
|
|
|
|
method is listed in the service switch entry for the
|
|
|
|
.q hosts
|
|
|
|
service.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip RunAsUser=\fIuser\fP
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i user
|
|
|
|
parameter may be a user name
|
|
|
|
(looked up in
|
|
|
|
.i /etc/passwd )
|
|
|
|
or a numeric user id;
|
|
|
|
either form can have
|
|
|
|
.q ":group"
|
|
|
|
attached
|
|
|
|
(where group can be numeric or symbolic).
|
|
|
|
If set to a non-zero (non-root) value,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will change to this user id shortly after startup\**.
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**When running as a daemon,
|
|
|
|
it changes to this user after accepting a connection
|
|
|
|
but before reading any
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.sm SMTP
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
commands.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
This avoids a certain class of security problems.
|
|
|
|
However, this means that all
|
|
|
|
.q \&.forward
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q :include:
|
|
|
|
files must be readable by the indicated
|
|
|
|
.i user ,
|
|
|
|
and on systems that don't support the saved uid bit properly,
|
|
|
|
all files to be written must be writable by
|
|
|
|
.i user
|
|
|
|
and all programs will be executed by
|
|
|
|
.i user .
|
|
|
|
It is also incompatible with the
|
|
|
|
.b SafeFileEnvironment
|
|
|
|
option.
|
|
|
|
In other words, it may not actually add much to security on an average system,
|
|
|
|
and may in fact detract from security
|
|
|
|
(because other file permissions must be loosened).
|
|
|
|
However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
|
|
|
|
places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
|
|
|
|
well constrained.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip RecipientFactor=\fIfact\fP
|
|
|
|
[y]
|
|
|
|
The indicated
|
|
|
|
.i fact or
|
|
|
|
is added to the priority (thus
|
|
|
|
.i lowering
|
|
|
|
the priority of the job)
|
|
|
|
for each recipient,
|
|
|
|
i.e., this value penalizes jobs with large numbers of recipients.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to 30000.
|
|
|
|
.ip RefuseLA=\fILA\fP
|
|
|
|
[X]
|
|
|
|
When the system load average exceeds
|
|
|
|
.i LA ,
|
|
|
|
refuse incoming SMTP connections.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to 12.
|
|
|
|
.ip RetryFactor=\fIfact\fP
|
|
|
|
[Z]
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i fact or
|
|
|
|
is added to the priority
|
|
|
|
every time a job is processed.
|
|
|
|
Thus,
|
|
|
|
each time a job is processed,
|
|
|
|
its priority will be decreased by the indicated value.
|
|
|
|
In most environments this should be positive,
|
|
|
|
since hosts that are down are all too often down for a long time.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to 90000.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip SafeFileEnvironment=\fIdir\fP
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
If this option is set,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will do a
|
|
|
|
.i chroot (2)
|
|
|
|
call into the indicated
|
|
|
|
.i dir ectory
|
|
|
|
before doing any file writes.
|
|
|
|
If the file name specified by the user begins with
|
|
|
|
.i dir ,
|
|
|
|
that partial path name will be stripped off before writing,
|
|
|
|
so (for example)
|
|
|
|
if the SafeFileEnvironment variable is set to
|
|
|
|
.q /safe
|
|
|
|
then aliases of
|
|
|
|
.q /safe/logs/file
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q /logs/file
|
|
|
|
actually indicate the same file.
|
|
|
|
Additionally, if this option is set,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
refuses to deliver to symbolic links.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip SaveFromLine
|
|
|
|
[f]
|
|
|
|
Save
|
|
|
|
Unix-style
|
|
|
|
.q From
|
|
|
|
lines at the front of headers.
|
|
|
|
Normally they are assumed redundant
|
|
|
|
and discarded.
|
|
|
|
.ip SendMIMEErrors
|
|
|
|
[j]
|
|
|
|
If set, send error messages in MIME format
|
|
|
|
(see RFC1521 and RFC1344 for details).
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
If disabled,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will not return the DSN keyword in response to an EHLO
|
|
|
|
and will not do Delivery Status Notification processing as described in
|
|
|
|
RFC1891.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip ServiceSwitchFile=\fIfilename\fP
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
If your host operating system has a service switch abstraction
|
|
|
|
(e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris
|
|
|
|
or /etc/svc.conf on Ultrix and DEC OSF/1)
|
|
|
|
that service will be consulted and this option is ignored.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, this is the name of a file
|
|
|
|
that provides the list of methods used to implement particular services.
|
|
|
|
The syntax is a series of lines,
|
|
|
|
each of which is a sequence of words.
|
|
|
|
The first word is the service name,
|
|
|
|
and following words are service types.
|
|
|
|
The services that
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
consults directly are
|
|
|
|
.q aliases
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q hosts.
|
|
|
|
Service types can be
|
|
|
|
.q dns ,
|
|
|
|
.q nis ,
|
|
|
|
.q nisplus ,
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.q files
|
|
|
|
(with the caveat that the appropriate support
|
|
|
|
must be compiled in
|
|
|
|
before the service can be referenced).
|
|
|
|
If ServiceSwitchFile is not specified, it defaults to /etc/service.switch.
|
|
|
|
If that file does not exist, the default switch is:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
aliases files
|
|
|
|
hosts dns nis files
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
The default file is
|
|
|
|
.q /etc/service.switch .
|
|
|
|
.ip SevenBitInput
|
|
|
|
[7]
|
|
|
|
Strip input to seven bits for compatibility with old systems.
|
|
|
|
This shouldn't be necessary.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip SingleLineFromHeader
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
If set, From: lines that have embedded newlines are unwrapped
|
|
|
|
onto one line.
|
|
|
|
This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes
|
|
|
|
that apparently cannot understand legally wrapped RFC822 headers.
|
|
|
|
.ip SingleThreadDelivery
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
If set, a client machine will never try to open two SMTP connections
|
|
|
|
to a single server machine at the same time,
|
|
|
|
even in different processes.
|
|
|
|
That is, if another
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
is already talking to some host a new
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will not open another connection.
|
|
|
|
This property is of mixed value;
|
|
|
|
although this reduces the load on the other machine,
|
|
|
|
it can cause mail to be delayed
|
|
|
|
(for example, if one
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
is delivering a huge message, other
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail s
|
|
|
|
won't be able to send even small messages).
|
|
|
|
Also, it requires another file descriptor
|
|
|
|
(for the lock file)
|
|
|
|
per connection, so you may have to reduce the
|
|
|
|
.b ConnectionCacheSize
|
|
|
|
option to avoid running out of per-process file descriptors.
|
|
|
|
Requires the
|
|
|
|
.b HostStatusDirectory
|
|
|
|
option.
|
|
|
|
.ip SmtpGreetingMessage=\fImessage\fP
|
|
|
|
[$e macro]
|
|
|
|
The message printed when the SMTP server starts up.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to
|
|
|
|
.q "$j Sendmail $v ready at $b".
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip StatusFile=\fIfile\fP
|
|
|
|
[S]
|
|
|
|
Log summary statistics in the named
|
|
|
|
.i file .
|
|
|
|
If not set,
|
|
|
|
no summary statistics are saved.
|
|
|
|
This file does not grow in size.
|
|
|
|
It can be printed using the
|
|
|
|
.i mailstats (8)
|
|
|
|
program.
|
|
|
|
.ip SuperSafe
|
|
|
|
[s]
|
|
|
|
Be super-safe when running things,
|
|
|
|
i.e.,
|
|
|
|
always instantiate the queue file,
|
|
|
|
even if you are going to attempt immediate delivery.
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
always instantiates the queue file
|
|
|
|
before returning control the client
|
|
|
|
under any circumstances.
|
|
|
|
This should really
|
|
|
|
.i always
|
|
|
|
be set.
|
|
|
|
.ip TempFileMode=\fImode\fP
|
|
|
|
[F]
|
|
|
|
The file mode for queue files.
|
|
|
|
It is interpreted in octal by default.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to 0600.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip Timeout.\fItype\fP=\|\fItimeout\fP
|
|
|
|
[r; subsumes old T option as well]
|
|
|
|
Set timeout values.
|
|
|
|
The actual timeout is indicated by the
|
|
|
|
.i type .
|
|
|
|
The recognized timeouts and their default values, and their
|
|
|
|
minimum values specified in RFC 1123 section 5.3.2 are:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
.ta \w'datafinal'u+3n
|
|
|
|
initial wait for initial greeting message [5m, 5m]
|
|
|
|
helo reply to HELO or EHLO command [5m, none]
|
|
|
|
mail reply to MAIL command [10m, 5m]
|
|
|
|
rcpt reply to RCPT command [1h, 5m]
|
|
|
|
datainit reply to DATA command [5m, 2m]
|
|
|
|
datablock data block read [1h, 3m]
|
|
|
|
datafinal reply to final ``.'' in data [1h, 10m]
|
|
|
|
rset reply to RSET command [5m, none]
|
|
|
|
quit reply to QUIT command [2m, none]
|
|
|
|
misc reply to NOOP and VERB commands [2m, none]
|
|
|
|
ident IDENT protocol timeout [30s, none]
|
|
|
|
fileopen\(dg timeout on opening .forward and :include: files [60s, none]
|
|
|
|
command\(dg command read [1h, 5m]
|
|
|
|
queuereturn\(dg how long until a message is returned [5d, 5d]
|
|
|
|
queuewarn\(dg how long until a warning is sent [none, none]
|
|
|
|
hoststatus\(dg how long until host status is ``stale'' [30m, none]
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
All but those marked with a dagger (\(dg)
|
|
|
|
apply to client SMTP.
|
|
|
|
If the message is submitted using the
|
|
|
|
.sm NOTIFY
|
|
|
|
.sm SMTP
|
|
|
|
extension,
|
|
|
|
warning messages will only be sent if
|
|
|
|
.sm NOTIFY=DELAY
|
|
|
|
is specified.
|
|
|
|
The queuereturn and queuewarn timeouts
|
|
|
|
can be further qualified with a tag based on the Precedence: field
|
|
|
|
in the message;
|
|
|
|
they must be one of
|
|
|
|
.q urgent
|
|
|
|
(indicating a positive non-zero precedence)
|
|
|
|
.q normal
|
|
|
|
(indicating a zero precedence), or
|
|
|
|
.q non-urgent
|
|
|
|
(indicating negative precedences).
|
|
|
|
For example, setting
|
|
|
|
.q Timeout.queuewarn.urgent=1h
|
|
|
|
sets the warning timeout for urgent messages only
|
|
|
|
to one hour.
|
|
|
|
The default if no precedence is indicated
|
|
|
|
is to set the timeout for all precedences.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip TimeZoneSpec=\fItzinfo\fP
|
|
|
|
[t]
|
|
|
|
Set the local time zone info to
|
|
|
|
.i tzinfo
|
|
|
|
\*- for example,
|
|
|
|
.q PST8PDT .
|
|
|
|
Actually, if this is not set,
|
|
|
|
the TZ environment variable is cleared (so the system default is used);
|
|
|
|
if set but null, the user's TZ variable is used,
|
|
|
|
and if set and non-null the TZ variable is set to this value.
|
|
|
|
.ip TryNullMXList
|
|
|
|
[w]
|
|
|
|
If this system is the
|
|
|
|
.q best
|
|
|
|
(that is, lowest preference)
|
|
|
|
MX for a given host,
|
|
|
|
its configuration rules should normally detect this situation
|
|
|
|
and treat that condition specially
|
|
|
|
by forwarding the mail to a UUCP feed,
|
|
|
|
treating it as local,
|
|
|
|
or whatever.
|
|
|
|
However, in some cases (such as Internet firewalls)
|
|
|
|
you may want to try to connect directly to that host
|
|
|
|
as though it had no MX records at all.
|
|
|
|
Setting this option causes
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
to try this.
|
|
|
|
The downside is that errors in your configuration
|
|
|
|
are likely to be diagnosed as
|
|
|
|
.q "host unknown"
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.q "message timed out"
|
|
|
|
instead of something more meaningful.
|
|
|
|
This option is disrecommended.
|
|
|
|
.ip UnixFromLine=\fIfromline\fP
|
|
|
|
[$l macro]
|
|
|
|
Defines the format used when
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
must add a UNIX-style From_ line
|
|
|
|
(that is, a line beginning
|
|
|
|
.q From<space>user ).
|
|
|
|
Defaults to
|
|
|
|
.q "From $g $d" .
|
|
|
|
Don't change this unless your system uses a different UNIX mailbox format
|
|
|
|
(very unlikely).
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip UnsafeGroupWrites
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
If set,
|
|
|
|
:include: and .forward files that are group writable are considered
|
|
|
|
.q unsafe ,
|
|
|
|
that is,
|
|
|
|
they cannot reference programs or write directly to files.
|
|
|
|
World writable :include: and .forward files
|
|
|
|
are always unsafe..
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip UseErrorsTo
|
|
|
|
[l]
|
|
|
|
If there is an
|
|
|
|
.q Errors-To:
|
|
|
|
header, send error messages to the addresses listed there.
|
|
|
|
They normally go to the envelope sender.
|
|
|
|
Use of this option causes
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
to violate RFC 1123.
|
|
|
|
This option is disrecommended and deprecated.
|
|
|
|
.ip UserDatabaseSpec=\fIudbspec\fP
|
|
|
|
[U]
|
|
|
|
The user database specification.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip UserSubmission
|
|
|
|
[no short name]
|
|
|
|
This is an initial submission directly from a Mail User Agent.
|
|
|
|
This can be set in the configuration file if you have
|
|
|
|
MUAs that don't pass the
|
|
|
|
.b \-U
|
|
|
|
flag or use the
|
|
|
|
XUSR
|
|
|
|
ESMTP extension,
|
|
|
|
but some relayed mail may get inappropriately rewritten if you do.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip Verbose
|
|
|
|
[v]
|
|
|
|
Run in verbose mode.
|
|
|
|
If this is set,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
adjusts options
|
|
|
|
.b HoldExpensive
|
|
|
|
(old
|
|
|
|
.b c )
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b DeliveryMode
|
|
|
|
(old
|
|
|
|
.b d )
|
|
|
|
so that all mail is delivered completely
|
|
|
|
in a single job
|
|
|
|
so that you can see the entire delivery process.
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
.b Verbose
|
|
|
|
should
|
|
|
|
.i never
|
|
|
|
be set in the configuration file;
|
|
|
|
it is intended for command line use only.
|
|
|
|
.lp
|
|
|
|
All options can be specified on the command line using the
|
|
|
|
\-O or \-o flag,
|
|
|
|
but most will cause
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
to relinquish its setuid permissions.
|
|
|
|
The options that will not cause this are
|
|
|
|
MinFreeBlocks [b],
|
|
|
|
DeliveryMode [d],
|
|
|
|
ErrorMode [e],
|
|
|
|
IgnoreDots [i],
|
|
|
|
LogLevel [L],
|
|
|
|
MeToo [m],
|
|
|
|
OldStyleHeaders [o],
|
|
|
|
PrivacyOptions [p],
|
|
|
|
Timeouts [r],
|
|
|
|
SuperSafe [s],
|
|
|
|
Verbose [v],
|
|
|
|
CheckpointInterval [C],
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
SevenBitInput [7].
|
|
|
|
Also, M (define macro) when defining the r or s macros
|
|
|
|
is also considered
|
|
|
|
.q safe .
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "P \*- Precedence Definitions"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Values for the
|
|
|
|
.q "Precedence:"
|
|
|
|
field may be defined using the
|
|
|
|
.b P
|
|
|
|
control line.
|
|
|
|
The syntax of this field is:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
\fBP\fP\fIname\fP\fB=\fP\fInum\fP
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
When the
|
|
|
|
.i name
|
|
|
|
is found in a
|
|
|
|
.q Precedence:
|
|
|
|
field,
|
|
|
|
the message class is set to
|
|
|
|
.i num .
|
|
|
|
Higher numbers mean higher precedence.
|
|
|
|
Numbers less than zero
|
|
|
|
have the special property
|
|
|
|
that if an error occurs during processing
|
|
|
|
the body of the message will not be returned;
|
|
|
|
this is expected to be used for
|
|
|
|
.q "bulk"
|
|
|
|
mail such as through mailing lists.
|
|
|
|
The default precedence is zero.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
our list of precedences is:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
Pfirst-class=0
|
|
|
|
Pspecial-delivery=100
|
|
|
|
Plist=\-30
|
|
|
|
Pbulk=\-60
|
|
|
|
Pjunk=\-100
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
People writing mailing list exploders
|
|
|
|
are encouraged to use
|
|
|
|
.q "Precedence: list" .
|
|
|
|
Older versions of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
(which discarded all error returns for negative precedences)
|
|
|
|
didn't recognize this name, giving it a default precedence of zero.
|
|
|
|
This allows list maintainers to see error returns
|
|
|
|
on both old and new versions of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail .
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "V \*- Configuration Version Level"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
To provide compatibility with old configuration files,
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.b V
|
|
|
|
line has been added to define some very basic semantics
|
|
|
|
of the configuration file.
|
|
|
|
These are not intended to be long term supports;
|
|
|
|
rather, they describe compatibility features
|
|
|
|
which will probably be removed in future releases.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
.b N.B.:
|
|
|
|
these version
|
|
|
|
.i levels
|
|
|
|
have nothing
|
|
|
|
to do with the version
|
|
|
|
.i number
|
|
|
|
on the files.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
as of this writing
|
|
|
|
version 8 config files
|
|
|
|
(specifically, 8.7)
|
|
|
|
used version level 6 configurations.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
.q Old
|
|
|
|
configuration files are defined as version level one.
|
|
|
|
Version level two files make the following changes:
|
|
|
|
.np
|
|
|
|
Host name canonification ($[ ... $])
|
|
|
|
appends a dot if the name is recognized;
|
|
|
|
this gives the config file a way of finding out if anything matched.
|
|
|
|
(Actually, this just initializes the
|
|
|
|
.q host
|
|
|
|
map with the
|
|
|
|
.q \-a.
|
|
|
|
flag \*- you can reset it to anything you prefer
|
|
|
|
by declaring the map explicitly.)
|
|
|
|
.np
|
|
|
|
Default host name extension is consistent throughout processing;
|
|
|
|
version level one configurations turned off domain extension
|
|
|
|
(that is, adding the local domain name)
|
|
|
|
during certain points in processing.
|
|
|
|
Version level two configurations are expected to include a trailing dot
|
|
|
|
to indicate that the name is already canonical.
|
|
|
|
.np
|
|
|
|
Local names that are not aliases
|
|
|
|
are passed through a new distinguished ruleset five;
|
|
|
|
this can be used to append a local relay.
|
|
|
|
This behaviour can be prevented by resolving the local name
|
|
|
|
with an initial `@'.
|
|
|
|
That is, something that resolves to a local mailer and a user name of
|
|
|
|
.q vikki
|
|
|
|
will be passed through ruleset five,
|
|
|
|
but a user name of
|
|
|
|
.q @vikki
|
|
|
|
will have the `@' stripped,
|
|
|
|
will not be passed through ruleset five,
|
|
|
|
but will otherwise be treated the same as the prior example.
|
|
|
|
The expectation is that this might be used to implement a policy
|
|
|
|
where mail sent to
|
|
|
|
.q vikki
|
|
|
|
was handled by a central hub,
|
|
|
|
but mail sent to
|
|
|
|
.q vikki@localhost
|
|
|
|
was delivered directly.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Version level three files
|
|
|
|
allow # initiated comments on all lines.
|
|
|
|
Exceptions are backslash escaped # marks
|
|
|
|
and the $# syntax.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Version level four configurations
|
|
|
|
are completely equivalent to level three
|
|
|
|
for historical reasons.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Version level five configuration files
|
|
|
|
change the default definition of
|
|
|
|
.b $w
|
|
|
|
to be just the first component of the hostname.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Version level six configuration files
|
|
|
|
change many of the local processing options
|
|
|
|
(such as aliasing and matching the beginning of the address for
|
|
|
|
`|' characters)
|
|
|
|
to be mailer flags;
|
|
|
|
this allows fine-grained control over the special local processing.
|
|
|
|
Level six configuration files may also use long option names.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b ColonOkInAddr
|
|
|
|
option (to allow colons in the local-part of addresses)
|
|
|
|
defaults
|
|
|
|
.b on
|
|
|
|
for lower numbered configuration files;
|
|
|
|
the configuration file requires some additional intelligence
|
|
|
|
to properly handle the RFC 822 group construct.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b V
|
|
|
|
line may have an optional
|
|
|
|
.b / \c
|
|
|
|
.i vendor
|
|
|
|
to indicate that this configuration file uses modifications
|
|
|
|
specific to a particular vendor\**.
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**And of course, vendors are encouraged to add themselves
|
|
|
|
to the list of recognized vendors by editing the routine
|
|
|
|
.i setvendor
|
|
|
|
in
|
|
|
|
.i conf.c .
|
|
|
|
Please send e-mail to sendmail@CS.Berkeley.EDU
|
|
|
|
to register your vendor dialect.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
You may use
|
|
|
|
.q /Berkeley
|
|
|
|
to emphasize that this configuration file
|
|
|
|
uses the Berkeley dialect of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail .
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "K \*- Key File Declaration"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Special maps can be defined using the line:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
Kmapname mapclass arguments
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i mapname
|
|
|
|
is the handle by which this map is referenced in the rewriting rules.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i mapclass
|
|
|
|
is the name of a type of map;
|
|
|
|
these are compiled in to
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail .
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i arguments
|
|
|
|
are interpreted depending on the class;
|
|
|
|
typically,
|
|
|
|
there would be a single argument naming the file containing the map.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Maps are referenced using the syntax:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
$( \fImap\fP \fIkey\fP $@ \fIarguments\fP $: \fIdefault\fP $)
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
where either or both of the
|
|
|
|
.i arguments
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.i default
|
|
|
|
portion may be omitted.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i "$@ arguments"
|
|
|
|
may appear more than once.
|
|
|
|
The indicated
|
|
|
|
.i key
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.i arguments
|
|
|
|
are passed to the appropriate mapping function.
|
|
|
|
If it returns a value, it replaces the input.
|
|
|
|
If it does not return a value and the
|
|
|
|
.i default
|
|
|
|
is specified, the
|
|
|
|
.i default
|
|
|
|
replaces the input.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, the input is unchanged.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i arguments
|
|
|
|
are passed to the map for arbitrary use.
|
|
|
|
Most map classes can interpolate these arguments
|
|
|
|
into their values using the syntax
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.q %\fIn\fP
|
|
|
|
(where
|
|
|
|
.i n
|
|
|
|
is a digit)
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
to indicate the corresponding
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.i argument .
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
Argument
|
|
|
|
.q %0
|
|
|
|
indicates the database key.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
For example, the rule
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
.ta 1.5i
|
|
|
|
R$\- ! $+ $: $(uucp $1 $@ $2 $: %1 @ %0 . UUCP $)
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
Looks up the UUCP name in a (user defined) UUCP map;
|
|
|
|
if not found it turns it into
|
|
|
|
.q \&.UUCP
|
|
|
|
form.
|
|
|
|
The database might contain records like:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
decvax %1@%0.DEC.COM
|
|
|
|
research %1@%0.ATT.COM
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that
|
|
|
|
.i default
|
|
|
|
clauses never do this mapping.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The built in map with both name and class
|
|
|
|
.q host
|
|
|
|
is the host name canonicalization lookup.
|
|
|
|
Thus,
|
|
|
|
the syntax:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
$(host \fIhostname\fP$)
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
is equivalent to:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
$[\fIhostname\fP$]
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
There are many defined classes.
|
|
|
|
.ip dbm
|
|
|
|
Database lookups using the ndbm(3) library.
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
must be compiled with
|
|
|
|
.b NDBM
|
|
|
|
defined.
|
|
|
|
.ip btree
|
|
|
|
Database lookups using the btree interface to the Berkeley db(3) library.
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
must be compiled with
|
|
|
|
.b NEWDB
|
|
|
|
defined.
|
|
|
|
.ip hash
|
|
|
|
Database lookups using the hash interface to the Berkeley db(3) library.
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
must be compiled with
|
|
|
|
.b NEWDB
|
|
|
|
defined.
|
|
|
|
.ip nis
|
|
|
|
NIS lookups.
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
must be compiled with
|
|
|
|
.b NIS
|
|
|
|
defined.
|
|
|
|
.ip nisplus
|
|
|
|
NIS+ lookups.
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
must be compiled with
|
|
|
|
.b NISPLUS
|
|
|
|
defined.
|
|
|
|
The argument is the name of the table to use for lookups,
|
|
|
|
and the
|
|
|
|
.b \-k
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b \-v
|
|
|
|
flags may be used to set the key and value columns respectively.
|
|
|
|
.ip hesiod
|
|
|
|
Hesiod lookups.
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
must be compiled with
|
|
|
|
.b HESIOD
|
|
|
|
defined.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip ldapx
|
|
|
|
LDAP X500 directory lookups.
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
must be compiled with
|
|
|
|
.b LDAPMAP
|
|
|
|
defined.
|
|
|
|
The map supports most of the standard arguments
|
|
|
|
and most of the command line arguments of the
|
|
|
|
.i ldapsearch
|
|
|
|
program.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip netinfo
|
|
|
|
NeXT NetInfo lookups.
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
must be compiled with
|
|
|
|
.b NETINFO
|
|
|
|
defined.
|
|
|
|
.ip text
|
|
|
|
Text file lookups.
|
|
|
|
The format of the text file is defined by the
|
|
|
|
.b \-k
|
|
|
|
(key field number),
|
|
|
|
.b \-v
|
|
|
|
(value field number),
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b \-z
|
|
|
|
(field delimiter)
|
|
|
|
flags.
|
|
|
|
.ip stab
|
|
|
|
Internal symbol table lookups.
|
|
|
|
Used internally for aliasing.
|
|
|
|
.ip implicit
|
|
|
|
Really should be called
|
|
|
|
.q alias
|
|
|
|
\(em this is used to get the default lookups
|
|
|
|
for alias files,
|
|
|
|
and is the default if no class is specified for alias files.
|
|
|
|
.ip user
|
|
|
|
Looks up users using
|
|
|
|
.i getpwnam (3).
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b \-v
|
|
|
|
flag can be used to specify the name of the field to return
|
|
|
|
(although this is normally used only to check the existence
|
|
|
|
of a user).
|
|
|
|
.ip host
|
|
|
|
Canonifies host domain names.
|
|
|
|
Given a host name it calls the name server
|
|
|
|
to find the canonical name for that host.
|
|
|
|
.ip sequence
|
|
|
|
The arguments on the `K' line are a list of maps;
|
|
|
|
the resulting map searches the argument maps in order
|
|
|
|
until it finds a match for the indicated key.
|
|
|
|
For example, if the key definition is:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
Kmap1 ...
|
|
|
|
Kmap2 ...
|
|
|
|
Kseqmap sequence map1 map2
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
then a lookup against
|
|
|
|
.q seqmap
|
|
|
|
first does a lookup in map1.
|
|
|
|
If that is found, it returns immediately.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, the same key is used for map2.
|
|
|
|
.ip switch
|
|
|
|
Much like the
|
|
|
|
.q sequence
|
|
|
|
map except that the order of maps is determined by the service switch.
|
|
|
|
The argument is the name of the service to be looked up;
|
|
|
|
the values from the service switch are appended to the map name
|
|
|
|
to create new map names.
|
|
|
|
For example, consider the key definition:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
Kali switch aliases
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
together with the service switch entry:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
aliases nis files
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
This causes a query against the map
|
|
|
|
.q ali
|
|
|
|
to search maps named
|
|
|
|
.q ali.nis
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q ali.files
|
|
|
|
in that order.
|
|
|
|
.ip dequote
|
|
|
|
Strip double quotes (") from a name.
|
|
|
|
It does not strip backslashes,
|
|
|
|
and will not strip quotes if the resulting string
|
|
|
|
would contain unscannable syntax
|
|
|
|
(that is, basic errors like unbalanced angle brackets;
|
|
|
|
more sophisticated errors such as unknown hosts are not checked).
|
|
|
|
The intent is for use when trying to accept mail from systems such as
|
|
|
|
DECnet
|
|
|
|
that routinely quote odd syntax such as
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
"49ers::ubell"
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
A typical usage is probably something like:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
Kdequote dequote
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\&...
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
R$\- $: $(dequote $1 $)
|
|
|
|
R$\- $+ $: $>3 $1 $2
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
Care must be taken to prevent unexpected results;
|
|
|
|
for example,
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
"|someprogram < input > output"
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
will have quotes stripped,
|
|
|
|
but the result is probably not what you had in mind.
|
|
|
|
Fortunately these cases are rare.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Most of these accept as arguments the same optional flags
|
|
|
|
and a filename
|
|
|
|
(or a mapname for NIS;
|
|
|
|
the filename is the root of the database path,
|
|
|
|
so that
|
|
|
|
.q .db
|
|
|
|
or some other extension appropriate for the database type
|
|
|
|
will be added to get the actual database name).
|
|
|
|
Known flags are:
|
|
|
|
.ip "\-o"
|
|
|
|
Indicates that this map is optional \*- that is,
|
|
|
|
if it cannot be opened,
|
|
|
|
no error is produced,
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will behave as if the map existed but was empty.
|
|
|
|
.ip "\-N, \-O"
|
|
|
|
If neither
|
|
|
|
.b \-N
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.b \-O
|
|
|
|
are specified,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
uses an adaptive algorithm to decide whether or not to look for null bytes
|
|
|
|
on the end of keys.
|
|
|
|
It starts by trying both;
|
|
|
|
if it finds any key with a null byte it never tries again without a null byte
|
|
|
|
and vice versa.
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.b \-N
|
|
|
|
is specified it never tries without a null byte and
|
|
|
|
if
|
|
|
|
.b \-O
|
|
|
|
is specified it never tries with a null byte.
|
|
|
|
Setting one of
|
|
|
|
these can speed matches but are never necessary.
|
|
|
|
If both
|
|
|
|
.b \-N
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b \-O
|
|
|
|
are specified,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will never try any matches at all \(em
|
|
|
|
that is, everything will appear to fail.
|
|
|
|
.ip "\-a\fIx\fP"
|
|
|
|
Append the string
|
|
|
|
.i x
|
|
|
|
on successful matches.
|
|
|
|
For example, the default
|
|
|
|
.i host
|
|
|
|
map appends a dot on successful matches.
|
|
|
|
.ip "\-f"
|
|
|
|
Do not fold upper to lower case before looking up the key.
|
|
|
|
.ip "\-m"
|
|
|
|
Match only (without replacing the value).
|
|
|
|
If you only care about the existence of a key and not the value
|
|
|
|
(as you might when searching the NIS map
|
|
|
|
.q hosts.byname
|
|
|
|
for example),
|
|
|
|
this flag prevents the map from substituting the value.
|
|
|
|
However,
|
|
|
|
The \-a argument is still appended on a match,
|
|
|
|
and the default is still taken if the match fails.
|
|
|
|
.ip "\-k\fIkeycol\fP"
|
|
|
|
The key column name (for NIS+) or number
|
|
|
|
(for text lookups).
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
For LDAP maps this is a filter string
|
|
|
|
passed to printf with a %s where the string to be
|
|
|
|
.q "mapped"
|
|
|
|
is inserted.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip "\-v\fIvalcol\fP"
|
|
|
|
The value column name (for NIS+) or number
|
|
|
|
(for text lookups).
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
For LDAP maps this is the name of the
|
|
|
|
attribute to be returned.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip "\-z\fIdelim\fP"
|
|
|
|
The column delimiter (for text lookups).
|
|
|
|
It can be a single character or one of the special strings
|
|
|
|
.q \|\en
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.q \|\et
|
|
|
|
to indicate newline or tab respectively.
|
|
|
|
If omitted entirely,
|
|
|
|
the column separator is any sequence of whitespace.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip "\-t"
|
|
|
|
Normally, when a map attempts to do a lookup
|
|
|
|
and the server fails
|
|
|
|
(e.g.,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
couldn't contact any name server;
|
|
|
|
this is
|
|
|
|
.i not
|
|
|
|
the same as an entry not being found in the map),
|
|
|
|
the message being processed is queued for future processing.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b \-t
|
|
|
|
flag turns off this behaviour,
|
|
|
|
letting the temporary failure (server down)
|
|
|
|
act as though it were a permanent failure (entry not found).
|
|
|
|
It is particularly useful for DNS lookups,
|
|
|
|
where someone else's misconfigured name server can cause problems
|
|
|
|
on your machine.
|
|
|
|
However, care must be taken to ensure that you don't bounce mail
|
|
|
|
that would be resolved correctly if you tried again.
|
|
|
|
A common strategy is to forward such mail
|
|
|
|
to another, possibly better connected, mail server.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip "\-s\fIspacesub\fP
|
|
|
|
For the dequote map only,
|
|
|
|
the character to use to replace space characters
|
|
|
|
after a successful dequote.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i dbm
|
|
|
|
map appends the strings
|
|
|
|
.q \&.pag
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q \&.dir
|
|
|
|
to the given filename;
|
|
|
|
the two
|
|
|
|
.i db -based
|
|
|
|
maps append
|
|
|
|
.q \&.db .
|
|
|
|
For example, the map specification
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
Kuucp dbm \-o \-N /usr/lib/uucpmap
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
specifies an optional map named
|
|
|
|
.q uucp
|
|
|
|
of class
|
|
|
|
.q dbm ;
|
|
|
|
it always has null bytes at the end of every string,
|
|
|
|
and the data is located in
|
|
|
|
/usr/lib/uucpmap.{dir,pag}.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The program
|
|
|
|
.i makemap (8)
|
|
|
|
can be used to build any of the three database-oriented maps.
|
|
|
|
It takes the following flags:
|
|
|
|
.ip \-f
|
|
|
|
Do not fold upper to lower case in the map.
|
|
|
|
.ip \-N
|
|
|
|
Include null bytes in keys.
|
|
|
|
.ip \-o
|
|
|
|
Append to an existing (old) file.
|
|
|
|
.ip \-r
|
|
|
|
Allow replacement of existing keys;
|
|
|
|
normally, re-inserting an existing key is an error.
|
|
|
|
.ip \-v
|
|
|
|
Print what is happening.
|
|
|
|
.lp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
daemon does not have to be restarted to read the new maps
|
|
|
|
as long as you change them in place;
|
|
|
|
file locking is used so that the maps won't be read
|
|
|
|
while they are being updated.\**
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**That is, don't create new maps and then use
|
|
|
|
.i mv (1)
|
|
|
|
to move them into place.
|
|
|
|
Since the maps are already open
|
|
|
|
the new maps will never be seen.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
New classes can be added in the routine
|
|
|
|
.b setupmaps
|
|
|
|
in file
|
|
|
|
.b conf.c .
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "The User Database"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If you have a version of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
with the user database package
|
|
|
|
compiled in,
|
|
|
|
the handling of sender and recipient addresses
|
|
|
|
is modified.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The location of this database is controlled with the
|
|
|
|
.b UserDatabaseSpec
|
|
|
|
option.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Structure of the user database"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The database is a sorted (BTree-based) structure.
|
|
|
|
User records are stored with the key:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
\fIuser-name\fP\fB:\fP\fIfield-name\fP
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
The sorted database format ensures that user records are clustered together.
|
|
|
|
Meta-information is always stored with a leading colon.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Field names define both the syntax and semantics of the value.
|
|
|
|
Defined fields include:
|
|
|
|
.nr ii 1i
|
|
|
|
.ip maildrop
|
|
|
|
The delivery address for this user.
|
|
|
|
There may be multiple values of this record.
|
|
|
|
In particular,
|
|
|
|
mailing lists will have one
|
|
|
|
.i maildrop
|
|
|
|
record for each user on the list.
|
|
|
|
.ip "mailname"
|
|
|
|
The outgoing mailname for this user.
|
|
|
|
For each outgoing name,
|
|
|
|
there should be an appropriate
|
|
|
|
.i maildrop
|
|
|
|
record for that name to allow return mail.
|
|
|
|
See also
|
|
|
|
.i :default:mailname .
|
|
|
|
.ip mailsender
|
|
|
|
Changes any mail sent to this address to have the indicated envelope sender.
|
|
|
|
This is intended for mailing lists,
|
|
|
|
and will normally be the name of an appropriate -request address.
|
|
|
|
It is very similar to the owner-\c
|
|
|
|
.i list
|
|
|
|
syntax in the alias file.
|
|
|
|
.ip fullname
|
|
|
|
The full name of the user.
|
|
|
|
.ip office-address
|
|
|
|
The office address for this user.
|
|
|
|
.ip office-phone
|
|
|
|
The office phone number for this user.
|
|
|
|
.ip office-fax
|
|
|
|
The office FAX number for this user.
|
|
|
|
.ip home-address
|
|
|
|
The home address for this user.
|
|
|
|
.ip home-phone
|
|
|
|
The home phone number for this user.
|
|
|
|
.ip home-fax
|
|
|
|
The home FAX number for this user.
|
|
|
|
.ip project
|
|
|
|
A (short) description of the project this person is affiliated with.
|
|
|
|
In the University this is often just the name of their graduate advisor.
|
|
|
|
.ip plan
|
|
|
|
A pointer to a file from which plan information can be gathered.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
As of this writing,
|
|
|
|
only a few of these fields are actually being used by
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail :
|
|
|
|
.i maildrop
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.i mailname .
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
.i finger
|
|
|
|
program that uses the other fields is planned.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "User database semantics"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
When the rewriting rules submit an address to the local mailer,
|
|
|
|
the user name is passed through the alias file.
|
|
|
|
If no alias is found (or if the alias points back to the same address),
|
|
|
|
the name (with
|
|
|
|
.q :maildrop
|
|
|
|
appended)
|
|
|
|
is then used as a key in the user database.
|
|
|
|
If no match occurs (or if the maildrop points at the same address),
|
|
|
|
forwarding is tried.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If the first token of the user name returned by ruleset 0
|
|
|
|
is an
|
|
|
|
.q @
|
|
|
|
sign, the user database lookup is skipped.
|
|
|
|
The intent is that the user database will act as a set of defaults
|
|
|
|
for a cluster (in our case, the Computer Science Division);
|
|
|
|
mail sent to a specific machine should ignore these defaults.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
When mail is sent,
|
|
|
|
the name of the sending user is looked up in the database.
|
|
|
|
If that user has a
|
|
|
|
.q mailname
|
|
|
|
record,
|
|
|
|
the value of that record is used as their outgoing name.
|
|
|
|
For example, I might have a record:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
eric:mailname Eric.Allman@CS.Berkeley.EDU
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
This would cause my outgoing mail to be sent as Eric.Allman.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If a
|
|
|
|
.q maildrop
|
|
|
|
is found for the user,
|
|
|
|
but no corresponding
|
|
|
|
.q mailname
|
|
|
|
record exists,
|
|
|
|
the record
|
|
|
|
.q :default:mailname
|
|
|
|
is consulted.
|
|
|
|
If present, this is the name of a host to override the local host.
|
|
|
|
For example, in our case we would set it to
|
|
|
|
.q CS.Berkeley.EDU .
|
|
|
|
The effect is that anyone known in the database
|
|
|
|
gets their outgoing mail stamped as
|
|
|
|
.q user@CS.Berkeley.EDU ,
|
|
|
|
but people not listed in the database use the local hostname.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Creating the database\**"
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**These instructions are known to be incomplete.
|
|
|
|
A future version of the user database is planned
|
|
|
|
including things such as finger service \*- and good documentation.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The user database is built from a text file
|
|
|
|
using the
|
|
|
|
.i makemap
|
|
|
|
utility
|
|
|
|
(in the distribution in the makemap subdirectory).
|
|
|
|
The text file is a series of lines corresponding to userdb records;
|
|
|
|
each line has a key and a value separated by white space.
|
|
|
|
The key is always in the format described above \*-
|
|
|
|
for example:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
eric:maildrop
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
This file is normally installed in a system directory;
|
|
|
|
for example, it might be called
|
|
|
|
.i /etc/userdb .
|
|
|
|
To make the database version of the map, run the program:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
makemap btree /etc/userdb.db < /etc/userdb
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
Then create a config file that uses this.
|
|
|
|
For example, using the V8 M4 configuration, include the
|
|
|
|
following line in your .mc file:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
define(\`confUSERDB_SPEC\', /etc/userdb.db)
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
.sh 1 "OTHER CONFIGURATION"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
There are some configuration changes that can be made by
|
|
|
|
recompiling
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail .
|
|
|
|
This section describes what changes can be made
|
|
|
|
and what has to be modified to make them.
|
|
|
|
In most cases this should be unnecessary
|
|
|
|
unless you are porting
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
to a new environment.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Parameters in src/Makefile"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
These parameters are intended to describe the compilation environment,
|
|
|
|
not site policy,
|
|
|
|
and should normally be defined in src/Makefile.
|
|
|
|
.ip NDBM
|
|
|
|
If set,
|
|
|
|
the new version of the DBM library
|
|
|
|
that allows multiple databases will be used.
|
|
|
|
If neither NDBM nor NEWDB are set,
|
|
|
|
a much less efficient method of alias lookup is used.
|
|
|
|
.ip NEWDB
|
|
|
|
If set, use the new database package from Berkeley (from 4.4BSD).
|
|
|
|
This package is substantially faster than DBM or NDBM.
|
|
|
|
If NEWDB and NDBM are both set,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will read DBM files,
|
|
|
|
but will create and use NEWDB files.
|
|
|
|
.ip NIS
|
|
|
|
Include support for NIS.
|
|
|
|
If set together with
|
|
|
|
.i both
|
|
|
|
NEWDB and NDBM,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will create both DBM and NEWDB files if and only if
|
|
|
|
an alias file includes the substring
|
|
|
|
.q /yp/
|
|
|
|
in the name.
|
|
|
|
This is intended for compatibility with Sun Microsystems'
|
|
|
|
.i mkalias
|
|
|
|
program used on YP masters.
|
|
|
|
.ip NISPLUS
|
|
|
|
Compile in support for NIS+.
|
|
|
|
.ip NETINFO
|
|
|
|
Compile in support for NetInfo (NeXT stations).
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip LDAPMAP
|
|
|
|
Compile in support for LDAP X500 queries.
|
|
|
|
Requires libldap and liblber
|
|
|
|
from the Umich LDAP 3.2 or 3.3 release.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip HESIOD
|
|
|
|
Compile in support for Hesiod.
|
|
|
|
.ip _PATH_SENDMAILCF
|
|
|
|
The pathname of the sendmail.cf file.
|
|
|
|
.ip _PATH_SENDMAILPID
|
|
|
|
The pathname of the sendmail.pid file.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
There are also several compilation flags to indicate the environment
|
|
|
|
such as
|
|
|
|
.q _AIX3
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q _SCO_unix_ .
|
|
|
|
See the READ_ME
|
|
|
|
file for the latest scoop on these flags.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Parameters in src/conf.h"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Parameters and compilation options
|
|
|
|
are defined in conf.h.
|
|
|
|
Most of these need not normally be tweaked;
|
|
|
|
common parameters are all in sendmail.cf.
|
|
|
|
However, the sizes of certain primitive vectors, etc.,
|
|
|
|
are included in this file.
|
|
|
|
The numbers following the parameters
|
|
|
|
are their default value.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
This document is not the best source of information
|
|
|
|
for compilation flags in conf.h \(em
|
|
|
|
see src/READ_ME or src/conf.h itself.
|
|
|
|
.nr ii 1.2i
|
|
|
|
.ip "MAXLINE [2048]"
|
|
|
|
The maximum line length of any input line.
|
|
|
|
If message lines exceed this length
|
|
|
|
they will still be processed correctly;
|
|
|
|
however, header lines,
|
|
|
|
configuration file lines,
|
|
|
|
alias lines,
|
|
|
|
etc.,
|
|
|
|
must fit within this limit.
|
|
|
|
.ip "MAXNAME [256]"
|
|
|
|
The maximum length of any name,
|
|
|
|
such as a host or a user name.
|
|
|
|
.ip "MAXPV [40]"
|
|
|
|
The maximum number of parameters to any mailer.
|
|
|
|
This limits the number of recipients that may be passed in one transaction.
|
|
|
|
It can be set to any arbitrary number above about 10,
|
|
|
|
since
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will break up a delivery into smaller batches as needed.
|
|
|
|
A higher number may reduce load on your system, however.
|
|
|
|
.ip "MAXATOM [100]"
|
|
|
|
The maximum number of atoms
|
|
|
|
(tokens)
|
|
|
|
in a single address.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
the address
|
|
|
|
.q "eric@CS.Berkeley.EDU"
|
|
|
|
is seven atoms.
|
|
|
|
.ip "MAXMAILERS [25]"
|
|
|
|
The maximum number of mailers that may be defined
|
|
|
|
in the configuration file.
|
|
|
|
.ip "MAXRWSETS [200]"
|
|
|
|
The maximum number of rewriting sets
|
|
|
|
that may be defined.
|
|
|
|
The first half of these are reserved for numeric specification
|
|
|
|
(e.g., ``S92''),
|
|
|
|
while the upper half are reserved for auto-numbering
|
|
|
|
(e.g., ``Sfoo'').
|
|
|
|
Thus, with a value of 200 an attempt to use ``S99'' will succeed,
|
|
|
|
but ``S100'' will fail.
|
|
|
|
.ip "MAXPRIORITIES [25]"
|
|
|
|
The maximum number of values for the
|
|
|
|
.q Precedence:
|
|
|
|
field that may be defined
|
|
|
|
(using the
|
|
|
|
.b P
|
|
|
|
line in sendmail.cf).
|
|
|
|
.ip "MAXUSERENVIRON [100]"
|
|
|
|
The maximum number of items in the user environment
|
|
|
|
that will be passed to subordinate mailers.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip "MAXMXHOSTS [100]"
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
The maximum number of MX records we will accept for any single host.
|
|
|
|
.ip "MAXALIASDB [12]"
|
|
|
|
The maximum number of alias databases that can be open at any time.
|
|
|
|
Note that there may also be an open file limit.
|
|
|
|
.ip "MAXMAPSTACK [12]"
|
|
|
|
The maximum number of maps that may be "stacked" in a
|
|
|
|
.b sequence
|
|
|
|
class map.
|
|
|
|
.ip "MAXMIMEARGS [20]"
|
|
|
|
The maximum number of arguments in a MIME Content-Type: header;
|
|
|
|
additional arguments will be ignored.
|
|
|
|
.ip "MAXMIMENESTING [20]"
|
|
|
|
The maximum depth to which MIME messages may be nested
|
|
|
|
(that is, nested Message or Multipart documents;
|
|
|
|
this does not limit the number of components in a single Multipart document).
|
|
|
|
.lp
|
|
|
|
A number of other compilation options exist.
|
|
|
|
These specify whether or not specific code should be compiled in.
|
|
|
|
Ones marked with \(dg
|
|
|
|
are 0/1 valued.
|
|
|
|
.nr ii 1.2i
|
|
|
|
.ip NETINET\(dg
|
|
|
|
If set,
|
|
|
|
support for Internet protocol networking is compiled in.
|
|
|
|
Previous versions of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
referred to this as
|
|
|
|
.sm DAEMON ;
|
|
|
|
this old usage is now incorrect.
|
|
|
|
Defaults on;
|
|
|
|
turn it off in the Makefile
|
|
|
|
if your system doesn't support the Internet protocols.
|
|
|
|
.ip NETISO\(dg
|
|
|
|
If set,
|
|
|
|
support for ISO protocol networking is compiled in
|
|
|
|
(it may be appropriate to #define this in the Makefile instead of conf.h).
|
|
|
|
.ip LOG
|
|
|
|
If set,
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.i syslog
|
|
|
|
routine in use at some sites is used.
|
|
|
|
This makes an informational log record
|
|
|
|
for each message processed,
|
|
|
|
and makes a higher priority log record
|
|
|
|
for internal system errors.
|
|
|
|
.b "STRONGLY RECOMMENDED"
|
|
|
|
\(em if you want no logging, turn it off in the configuration file.
|
|
|
|
.ip MATCHGECOS\(dg
|
|
|
|
Compile in the code to do ``fuzzy matching'' on the GECOS field
|
|
|
|
in /etc/passwd.
|
|
|
|
This also requires that the
|
|
|
|
.b MatchGECOS
|
|
|
|
option be turned on.
|
|
|
|
.ip NAMED_BIND\(dg
|
|
|
|
Compile in code to use the
|
|
|
|
Berkeley Internet Name Domain (BIND) server
|
|
|
|
to resolve TCP/IP host names.
|
|
|
|
.ip NOTUNIX
|
|
|
|
If you are using a non-UNIX mail format,
|
|
|
|
you can set this flag to turn off special processing
|
|
|
|
of UNIX-style
|
|
|
|
.q "From "
|
|
|
|
lines.
|
|
|
|
.ip QUEUE
|
|
|
|
This flag should be set to compile in the queueing code.
|
|
|
|
If this is not set,
|
|
|
|
mailers must accept the mail immediately
|
|
|
|
or it will be returned to the sender.
|
|
|
|
.ip SMTP
|
|
|
|
If set,
|
|
|
|
the code to handle user and server SMTP will be compiled in.
|
|
|
|
This is only necessary if your machine has some mailer
|
|
|
|
that speaks SMTP
|
|
|
|
(this means most machines everywhere).
|
|
|
|
.ip USERDB\(dg
|
|
|
|
Include the
|
|
|
|
.b experimental
|
|
|
|
Berkeley user information database package.
|
|
|
|
This adds a new level of local name expansion
|
|
|
|
between aliasing and forwarding.
|
|
|
|
It also uses the NEWDB package.
|
|
|
|
This may change in future releases.
|
|
|
|
.lp
|
|
|
|
The following options are normally turned on
|
|
|
|
in per-operating-system clauses in conf.h.
|
|
|
|
.ip IDENTPROTO\(dg
|
|
|
|
Compile in the IDENT protocol as defined in RFC 1413.
|
|
|
|
This defaults on for all systems except Ultrix,
|
|
|
|
which apparently has the interesting
|
|
|
|
.q feature
|
|
|
|
that when it receives a
|
|
|
|
.q "host unreachable"
|
|
|
|
message it closes all open connections to that host.
|
|
|
|
Since some firewall gateways send this error code
|
|
|
|
when you access an unauthorized port (such as 113, used by IDENT),
|
|
|
|
Ultrix cannot receive email from such hosts.
|
|
|
|
.ip SYSTEM5
|
|
|
|
Set all of the compilation parameters appropriate for System V.
|
|
|
|
.ip HASFLOCK\(dg
|
|
|
|
Use Berkeley-style
|
|
|
|
.b flock
|
|
|
|
instead of System V
|
|
|
|
.b lockf
|
|
|
|
to do file locking.
|
|
|
|
Due to the highly unusual semantics of locks
|
|
|
|
across forks in
|
|
|
|
.b lockf ,
|
|
|
|
this should always be used if at all possible.
|
|
|
|
.ip HASINITGROUPS
|
|
|
|
Set this if your system has the
|
|
|
|
.i initgroups()
|
|
|
|
call
|
|
|
|
(if you have multiple group support).
|
|
|
|
This is the default if SYSTEM5 is
|
|
|
|
.i not
|
|
|
|
defined or if you are on HPUX.
|
|
|
|
.ip HASUNAME
|
|
|
|
Set this if you have the
|
|
|
|
.i uname (2)
|
|
|
|
system call (or corresponding library routine).
|
|
|
|
Set by default if
|
|
|
|
SYSTEM5
|
|
|
|
is set.
|
|
|
|
.ip HASGETDTABLESIZE
|
|
|
|
Set this if you have the
|
|
|
|
.i getdtablesize (2)
|
|
|
|
system call.
|
|
|
|
.ip HASWAITPID
|
|
|
|
Set this if you have the
|
|
|
|
.i haswaitpid (2)
|
|
|
|
system call.
|
|
|
|
.ip SFS_TYPE
|
|
|
|
The mechanism that can be used to get file system capacity information.
|
|
|
|
The values can be one of
|
|
|
|
SFS_USTAT (use the ustat(2) syscall),
|
|
|
|
SFS_4ARGS (use the four argument statfs(2) syscall),
|
|
|
|
SFS_VFS (use the two argument statfs(2) syscall including <sys/vfs.h>),
|
|
|
|
SFS_MOUNT (use the two argument statfs(2) syscall including <sys/mount.h>),
|
|
|
|
SFS_STATFS (use the two argument statfs(2) syscall including <sys/statfs.h>),
|
|
|
|
SFS_STATVFS (use the two argument statfs(2) syscall including <sys/statvfs.h>),
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
SFS_NONE (no way to get this information).
|
|
|
|
.ip LA_TYPE
|
|
|
|
The load average type.
|
|
|
|
Details are described below.
|
|
|
|
.lp
|
|
|
|
The are several built-in ways of computing the load average.
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
tries to auto-configure them based on imperfect guesses;
|
|
|
|
you can select one using the
|
|
|
|
.i cc
|
|
|
|
option
|
|
|
|
.b \-DLA_TYPE= \c
|
|
|
|
.i type ,
|
|
|
|
where
|
|
|
|
.i type
|
|
|
|
is:
|
|
|
|
.ip LA_INT
|
|
|
|
The kernel stores the load average in the kernel as an array of long integers.
|
|
|
|
The actual values are scaled by a factor FSCALE
|
|
|
|
(default 256).
|
|
|
|
.ip LA_SHORT
|
|
|
|
The kernel stores the load average in the kernel as an array of short integers.
|
|
|
|
The actual values are scaled by a factor FSCALE
|
|
|
|
(default 256).
|
|
|
|
.ip LA_FLOAT
|
|
|
|
The kernel stores the load average in the kernel as an array of
|
|
|
|
double precision floats.
|
|
|
|
.ip LA_MACH
|
|
|
|
Use MACH-style load averages.
|
|
|
|
.ip LA_SUBR
|
|
|
|
Call the
|
|
|
|
.i getloadavg
|
|
|
|
routine to get the load average as an array of doubles.
|
|
|
|
.ip LA_ZERO
|
|
|
|
Always return zero as the load average.
|
|
|
|
This is the fallback case.
|
|
|
|
.lp
|
|
|
|
If type
|
|
|
|
.sm LA_INT ,
|
|
|
|
.sm LA_SHORT ,
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.sm LA_FLOAT
|
|
|
|
is specified,
|
|
|
|
you may also need to specify
|
|
|
|
.sm _PATH_UNIX
|
|
|
|
(the path to your system binary)
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.sm LA_AVENRUN
|
|
|
|
(the name of the variable containing the load average in the kernel;
|
|
|
|
usually
|
|
|
|
.q _avenrun
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.q avenrun ).
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Configuration in src/conf.c"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The following changes can be made in conf.c.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Built-in Header Semantics"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Not all header semantics are defined in the configuration file.
|
|
|
|
Header lines that should only be included by certain mailers
|
|
|
|
(as well as other more obscure semantics)
|
|
|
|
must be specified in the
|
|
|
|
.i HdrInfo
|
|
|
|
table in
|
|
|
|
.i conf.c .
|
|
|
|
This table contains the header name
|
|
|
|
(which should be in all lower case)
|
|
|
|
and a set of header control flags (described below),
|
|
|
|
The flags are:
|
|
|
|
.ip H_ACHECK
|
|
|
|
Normally when the check is made to see if a header line is compatible
|
|
|
|
with a mailer,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will not delete an existing line.
|
|
|
|
If this flag is set,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will delete
|
|
|
|
even existing header lines.
|
|
|
|
That is,
|
|
|
|
if this bit is set and the mailer does not have flag bits set
|
|
|
|
that intersect with the required mailer flags
|
|
|
|
in the header definition in
|
|
|
|
sendmail.cf,
|
|
|
|
the header line is
|
|
|
|
.i always
|
|
|
|
deleted.
|
|
|
|
.ip H_EOH
|
|
|
|
If this header field is set,
|
|
|
|
treat it like a blank line,
|
|
|
|
i.e.,
|
|
|
|
it will signal the end of the header
|
|
|
|
and the beginning of the message text.
|
|
|
|
.ip H_FORCE
|
|
|
|
Add this header entry
|
|
|
|
even if one existed in the message before.
|
|
|
|
If a header entry does not have this bit set,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will not add another header line if a header line
|
|
|
|
of this name already existed.
|
|
|
|
This would normally be used to stamp the message
|
|
|
|
by everyone who handled it.
|
|
|
|
.ip H_TRACE
|
|
|
|
If set,
|
|
|
|
this is a timestamp
|
|
|
|
(trace)
|
|
|
|
field.
|
|
|
|
If the number of trace fields in a message
|
|
|
|
exceeds a preset amount
|
|
|
|
the message is returned
|
|
|
|
on the assumption that it has an aliasing loop.
|
|
|
|
.ip H_RCPT
|
|
|
|
If set,
|
|
|
|
this field contains recipient addresses.
|
|
|
|
This is used by the
|
|
|
|
.b \-t
|
|
|
|
flag to determine who to send to
|
|
|
|
when it is collecting recipients from the message.
|
|
|
|
.ip H_FROM
|
|
|
|
This flag indicates that this field
|
|
|
|
specifies a sender.
|
|
|
|
The order of these fields in the
|
|
|
|
.i HdrInfo
|
|
|
|
table specifies
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail 's
|
|
|
|
preference
|
|
|
|
for which field to return error messages to.
|
|
|
|
.ip H_ERRORSTO
|
|
|
|
Addresses in this header should receive error messages.
|
|
|
|
.ip H_CTE
|
|
|
|
This header is a Content-Transfer-Encoding header.
|
|
|
|
.ip H_CTYPE
|
|
|
|
This header is a Content-Type header.
|
|
|
|
.ip H_STRIPVAL
|
|
|
|
Strip the value from the header (for Bcc:).
|
|
|
|
.nr ii 5n
|
|
|
|
.lp
|
|
|
|
Let's look at a sample
|
|
|
|
.i HdrInfo
|
|
|
|
specification:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
.ta 4n +\w'"content-transfer-encoding", 'u
|
|
|
|
struct hdrinfo HdrInfo[] =
|
|
|
|
\&{
|
|
|
|
/* originator fields, most to least significant */
|
|
|
|
"resent-sender", H_FROM,
|
|
|
|
"resent-from", H_FROM,
|
|
|
|
"sender", H_FROM,
|
|
|
|
"from", H_FROM,
|
|
|
|
"full-name", H_ACHECK,
|
|
|
|
"errors-to", H_FROM\^|\^H_ERRORSTO,
|
|
|
|
/* destination fields */
|
|
|
|
"to", H_RCPT,
|
|
|
|
"resent-to", H_RCPT,
|
|
|
|
"cc", H_RCPT,
|
|
|
|
"bcc", H_RCPT\^|\^H_STRIPVAL,
|
|
|
|
/* message identification and control */
|
|
|
|
"message", H_EOH,
|
|
|
|
"text", H_EOH,
|
|
|
|
/* trace fields */
|
|
|
|
"received", H_TRACE\^|\^H_FORCE,
|
|
|
|
/* miscellaneous fields */
|
|
|
|
"content-transfer-encoding", H_CTE,
|
|
|
|
"content-type", H_CTYPE,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NULL, 0,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
This structure indicates that the
|
|
|
|
.q To: ,
|
|
|
|
.q Resent-To: ,
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q Cc:
|
|
|
|
fields
|
|
|
|
all specify recipient addresses.
|
|
|
|
Any
|
|
|
|
.q Full-Name:
|
|
|
|
field will be deleted unless the required mailer flag
|
|
|
|
(indicated in the configuration file)
|
|
|
|
is specified.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.q Message:
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q Text:
|
|
|
|
fields will terminate the header;
|
|
|
|
these are used by random dissenters around the network world.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.q Received:
|
|
|
|
field will always be added,
|
|
|
|
and can be used to trace messages.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
There are a number of important points here.
|
|
|
|
First,
|
|
|
|
header fields are not added automatically just because they are in the
|
|
|
|
.i HdrInfo
|
|
|
|
structure;
|
|
|
|
they must be specified in the configuration file
|
|
|
|
in order to be added to the message.
|
|
|
|
Any header fields mentioned in the configuration file but not
|
|
|
|
mentioned in the
|
|
|
|
.i HdrInfo
|
|
|
|
structure have default processing performed;
|
|
|
|
that is,
|
|
|
|
they are added unless they were in the message already.
|
|
|
|
Second,
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.i HdrInfo
|
|
|
|
structure only specifies cliched processing;
|
|
|
|
certain headers are processed specially by ad hoc code
|
|
|
|
regardless of the status specified in
|
|
|
|
.i HdrInfo .
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.q Sender:
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q From:
|
|
|
|
fields are always scanned on ARPANET mail
|
|
|
|
to determine the sender\**;
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**Actually, this is no longer true in SMTP;
|
|
|
|
this information is contained in the envelope.
|
|
|
|
The older ARPANET protocols did not completely distinguish
|
|
|
|
envelope from header.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
this is used to perform the
|
|
|
|
.q "return to sender"
|
|
|
|
function.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.q "From:"
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q "Full-Name:"
|
|
|
|
fields are used to determine the full name of the sender
|
|
|
|
if possible;
|
|
|
|
this is stored in the macro
|
|
|
|
.b $x
|
|
|
|
and used in a number of ways.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Restricting Use of Email"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If it is necessary to restrict mail through a relay,
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.i checkcompat
|
|
|
|
routine can be modified.
|
|
|
|
This routine is called for every recipient address.
|
|
|
|
It returns an exit status
|
|
|
|
indicating the status of the message.
|
|
|
|
The status
|
|
|
|
.sm EX_OK
|
|
|
|
accepts the address,
|
|
|
|
.sm EX_TEMPFAIL
|
|
|
|
queues the message for a later try,
|
|
|
|
and other values
|
|
|
|
(commonly
|
|
|
|
.sm EX_UNAVAILABLE )
|
|
|
|
reject the message.
|
|
|
|
It is up to
|
|
|
|
.i checkcompat
|
|
|
|
to print an error message
|
|
|
|
(using
|
|
|
|
.i usrerr )
|
|
|
|
if the message is rejected.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
.i checkcompat
|
|
|
|
could read:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
.re
|
|
|
|
.sz -1
|
|
|
|
.ta 4n +4n +4n +4n +4n +4n +4n
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
checkcompat(to, e)
|
|
|
|
register ADDRESS *to;
|
|
|
|
register ENVELOPE *e;
|
|
|
|
\&{
|
|
|
|
register STAB *s;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s = stab("private", ST_MAILER, ST_FIND);
|
|
|
|
if (s != NULL && e\->e_from.q_mailer != LocalMailer &&
|
|
|
|
to->q_mailer == s->s_mailer)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
usrerr("No private net mail allowed through this machine");
|
|
|
|
return (EX_UNAVAILABLE);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (MsgSize > 50000 && bitnset(M_LOCALMAILER, to\->q_mailer))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
usrerr("Message too large for non-local delivery");
|
|
|
|
e\->e_flags |= EF_NORETURN;
|
|
|
|
return (EX_UNAVAILABLE);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return (EX_OK);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.sz
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
This would reject messages greater than 50000 bytes
|
|
|
|
unless they were local.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i EF_NORETURN
|
|
|
|
flag can be set in
|
|
|
|
.i e\(->e_flags
|
|
|
|
to suppress the return of the actual body
|
|
|
|
of the message in the error return.
|
|
|
|
The actual use of this routine is highly dependent on the
|
|
|
|
implementation,
|
|
|
|
and use should be limited.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Load Average Computation"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The routine
|
|
|
|
.i getla
|
|
|
|
should return an approximation of the current system load average
|
|
|
|
as an integer.
|
|
|
|
There are several versions included on compilation flags
|
|
|
|
as described above.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "New Database Map Classes"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
New key maps can be added by creating a class initialization function
|
|
|
|
and a lookup function.
|
|
|
|
These are then added to the routine
|
|
|
|
.i setupmaps.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The initialization function is called as
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
\fIxxx\fP_map_init(MAP *map, char *mapname, char *args)
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i map
|
|
|
|
is an internal data structure.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i mapname
|
|
|
|
is the name of the map (used for error messages).
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i args
|
|
|
|
is a pointer to the rest of the configuration file line;
|
|
|
|
flags and filenames can be extracted from this line.
|
|
|
|
The initialization function must return
|
|
|
|
.sm TRUE
|
|
|
|
if it successfully opened the map,
|
|
|
|
.sm FALSE
|
|
|
|
otherwise.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The lookup function is called as
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
\fIxxx\fP_map_lookup(MAP *map, char buf[], int bufsize, char **av, int *statp)
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i map
|
|
|
|
defines the map internally.
|
|
|
|
The parameters
|
|
|
|
.i buf
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.i bufsize
|
|
|
|
have the input key.
|
|
|
|
This may be (and often is) used destructively.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i av
|
|
|
|
is a list of arguments passed in from the rewrite line.
|
|
|
|
The lookup function should return a pointer to the new value.
|
|
|
|
IF the map lookup fails,
|
|
|
|
.i *statp
|
|
|
|
should be set to an exit status code;
|
|
|
|
in particular, it should be set to
|
|
|
|
.sm EX_TEMPFAIL
|
|
|
|
if recovery is to be attempted by the higher level code.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Queueing Function"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The routine
|
|
|
|
.i shouldqueue
|
|
|
|
is called to decide if a message should be queued
|
|
|
|
or processed immediately.
|
|
|
|
Typically this compares the message priority to the current load average.
|
|
|
|
The default definition is:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
|
|
shouldqueue(pri, ctime)
|
|
|
|
long pri;
|
|
|
|
time_t ctime;
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (CurrentLA < QueueLA)
|
|
|
|
return (FALSE);
|
|
|
|
return (pri > (QueueFactor / (CurrentLA \- QueueLA + 1)));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
If the current load average
|
|
|
|
(global variable
|
|
|
|
.i CurrentLA ,
|
|
|
|
which is set before this function is called)
|
|
|
|
is less than the low threshold load average
|
|
|
|
(option
|
|
|
|
.b x ,
|
|
|
|
variable
|
|
|
|
.i QueueLA ),
|
|
|
|
.i shouldqueue
|
|
|
|
returns
|
|
|
|
.sm FALSE
|
|
|
|
immediately
|
|
|
|
(that is, it should
|
|
|
|
.i not
|
|
|
|
queue).
|
|
|
|
If the current load average exceeds the high threshold load average
|
|
|
|
(option
|
|
|
|
.b X ,
|
|
|
|
variable
|
|
|
|
.i RefuseLA ),
|
|
|
|
.i shouldqueue
|
|
|
|
returns
|
|
|
|
.sm TRUE
|
|
|
|
immediately.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, it computes the function based on the message priority,
|
|
|
|
the queue factor
|
|
|
|
(option
|
|
|
|
.b q ,
|
|
|
|
global variable
|
|
|
|
.i QueueFactor ),
|
|
|
|
and the current and threshold load averages.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
An implementation wishing to take the actual age of the message into account
|
|
|
|
can also use the
|
|
|
|
.i ctime
|
|
|
|
parameter,
|
|
|
|
which is the time that the message was first submitted to
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail .
|
|
|
|
Note that the
|
|
|
|
.i pri
|
|
|
|
parameter is already weighted
|
|
|
|
by the number of times the message has been tried
|
|
|
|
(although this tends to lower the priority of the message with time);
|
|
|
|
the expectation is that the
|
|
|
|
.i ctime
|
|
|
|
would be used as an
|
|
|
|
.q "escape clause"
|
|
|
|
to ensure that messages are eventually processed.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Refusing Incoming SMTP Connections"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The function
|
|
|
|
.i refuseconnections
|
|
|
|
returns
|
|
|
|
.sm TRUE
|
|
|
|
if incoming SMTP connections should be refused.
|
|
|
|
The current implementation is based exclusively on the current load average
|
|
|
|
and the refuse load average option
|
|
|
|
(option
|
|
|
|
.b X ,
|
|
|
|
global variable
|
|
|
|
.i RefuseLA ):
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
|
|
refuseconnections()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (CurrentLA >= RefuseLA);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
A more clever implementation
|
|
|
|
could look at more system resources.
|
|
|
|
.sh 3 "Load Average Computation"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The routine
|
|
|
|
.i getla
|
|
|
|
returns the current load average (as a rounded integer).
|
|
|
|
The distribution includes several possible implementations.
|
|
|
|
If you are porting to a new environment
|
|
|
|
you may need to add some new tweaks.\**
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**If you do, please send updates to
|
|
|
|
sendmail@CS.Berkeley.EDU.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Configuration in src/daemon.c"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The file
|
|
|
|
.i src/daemon.c
|
|
|
|
contains a number of routines that are dependent
|
|
|
|
on the local networking environment.
|
|
|
|
The version supplied assumes you have BSD style sockets.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
In previous releases,
|
|
|
|
we recommended that you modify the routine
|
|
|
|
.i maphostname
|
|
|
|
if you wanted to generalize
|
|
|
|
.b $[
|
|
|
|
\&...\&
|
|
|
|
.b $]
|
|
|
|
lookups.
|
|
|
|
We now recommend that you create a new keyed map instead.
|
|
|
|
.sh 1 "CHANGES IN VERSION 8"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The following summarizes changes
|
|
|
|
since the last commonly available version of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
(5.67).
|
|
|
|
For a detailed list,
|
|
|
|
consult the file
|
|
|
|
RELEASE_NOTES
|
|
|
|
in the root directory of the
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
distribution.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Connection Caching"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Instead of closing SMTP connections immediately,
|
|
|
|
those connections are cached for possible future use.
|
|
|
|
The advent of MX records made this effective for mailing lists;
|
|
|
|
in addition,
|
|
|
|
substantial performance improvements can be expected for queue processing.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "MX Piggybacking"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
If two hosts with different names in a single message
|
|
|
|
happen to have the same set of MX hosts,
|
|
|
|
they can be sent in the same transaction.
|
|
|
|
Version 8 notices this and tries to batch the messages.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "RFC 1123 Compliance"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
A number of changes have been made to make
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
.q "conditionally compliant"
|
|
|
|
(that is,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
satisfies all of the
|
|
|
|
.q MUST
|
|
|
|
clauses and most but not all of the
|
|
|
|
.q SHOULD
|
|
|
|
clauses in RFC 1123).
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The major areas of change are (numbers are RFC 1123 section numbers):
|
|
|
|
.nr ii \w'5.3.1.1\0\0'u
|
|
|
|
.ip 5.2.7
|
|
|
|
Response to RCPT command is fast.
|
|
|
|
.ip 5.2.8
|
|
|
|
Numeric IP addresses are logged in Received: lines.
|
|
|
|
.ip 5.2.17
|
|
|
|
Self domain literal is properly handled.
|
|
|
|
.ip 5.3.2
|
|
|
|
Better control over individual timeouts.
|
|
|
|
.ip 5.3.3
|
|
|
|
Error messages are sent as
|
|
|
|
.q From:<> .
|
|
|
|
.ip 5.3.3
|
|
|
|
Error messages are never sent to
|
|
|
|
.q <> .
|
|
|
|
.ip 5.3.3
|
|
|
|
Route-addrs are pruned.
|
|
|
|
.lp
|
|
|
|
The areas in which
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
is not
|
|
|
|
.q "unconditionally compliant"
|
|
|
|
are:
|
|
|
|
.ip 5.2.6
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
does do header munging.
|
|
|
|
.ip 5.2.10
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
doesn't always use the exact SMTP message text
|
|
|
|
as listed in RFC 821.
|
|
|
|
.ip 5.3.1.1
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
doesn't guarantee only one connect for each host in queue runs.
|
|
|
|
.ip 5.3.1.1
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
doesn't always provide adequate concurrency limits.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Extended SMTP Support"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Version 8 includes both sending and receiving support for Extended
|
|
|
|
SMTP support as defined by RFC 1651 (basic) and RFC 1653 (SIZE);
|
|
|
|
and limited support for RFC 1652 (BODY).
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Eight-Bit Clean"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Previous versions of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
used the 0200 bit for quoting.
|
|
|
|
This version avoids that use.
|
|
|
|
However, for compatibility with RFC 822,
|
|
|
|
you can set option `7' to get seven bit stripping.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Individual mailers can still produce seven bit output using the
|
|
|
|
`7' mailer flag.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "User Database"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The user database is an as-yet experimental attempt
|
|
|
|
to provide unified large-site name support.
|
|
|
|
We are installing it at Berkeley;
|
|
|
|
future versions may show significant modifications.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Improved BIND Support"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The BIND support,
|
|
|
|
particularly for MX records,
|
|
|
|
had a number of annoying
|
|
|
|
.q features
|
|
|
|
which have been removed in this release.
|
|
|
|
In particular,
|
|
|
|
these more tightly bind (pun intended) the name server to
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail ,
|
|
|
|
so that the name server resolution rules are incorporated directly into
|
|
|
|
.b sendmail .
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Keyed Files"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Generalized keyed files is an idea taken directly from
|
|
|
|
.sm IDA
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
(albeit with a completely different implementation).
|
|
|
|
They can be useful on large sites.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Version 8 also understands YP.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Multi-Word Classes"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Classes can now be multiple words.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
CShofmann.CS.Berkeley.EDU
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
allows you to match the entire string
|
|
|
|
.q hofmann.CS.Berkeley.EDU
|
|
|
|
using the single construct
|
|
|
|
.q $=S .
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Deferred Macro Expansion"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b $& \c
|
|
|
|
.i x
|
|
|
|
construct has been adopted from
|
|
|
|
.sm IDA .
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "IDENT Protocol Support"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The IDENT protocol as defined in RFC 1413 is supported.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Parsing Bug Fixes"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
A number of small bugs having to do with things like
|
|
|
|
backslash-escaped quotes inside of comments
|
|
|
|
have been fixed.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Separate Envelope/Header Processing"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Since the From: line is passed in separately from the envelope sender,
|
|
|
|
these have both been made visible;
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.b $g
|
|
|
|
macro is set to the envelope sender during processing
|
|
|
|
of mailer argument vectors
|
|
|
|
and the header sender during processing of headers.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
It is also possible to specify separate per-mailer
|
|
|
|
envelope and header processing.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b S enderRWSet
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b R ecipientRWset
|
|
|
|
arguments for mailers
|
|
|
|
can be specified as
|
|
|
|
.i envelope/header
|
|
|
|
to give different rewritings for envelope versus header addresses.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Owner-List Propagates to Envelope"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
When an alias has an associated owner\-list name,
|
|
|
|
that alias is used to change the envelope sender address.
|
|
|
|
This will cause downstream errors to be returned to that owner.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Dynamic Header Allocation"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The fixed size limit on header lines has been eliminated.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "New Command Line Flags"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b \-B
|
|
|
|
flag has been added to pass in body type information.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b \-p
|
|
|
|
flag has been added
|
|
|
|
to pass in protocol information.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b \-X
|
|
|
|
flag has been added
|
|
|
|
to allow logging of all protocol in and out of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
for debugging.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b \-O
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
flag implies setting long-form options.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Enhanced Command Line Flags"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b \-q
|
|
|
|
flag can limit limit a queue run to specific recipients, senders, or queue ids
|
|
|
|
using
|
|
|
|
.b \-qR\c
|
|
|
|
.i substring ,
|
|
|
|
.b \-qS\c
|
|
|
|
.i substring ,
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.b \-qI\c
|
|
|
|
.i substring
|
|
|
|
respectively.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "New and Old Configuration Line Types"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b K
|
|
|
|
line has been added to declare database maps.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b V
|
|
|
|
line has been added to declare the configuration version level.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b M
|
|
|
|
line has a
|
|
|
|
.q D=
|
|
|
|
field that lets you change into a temporary directory while that mailer
|
|
|
|
is running.
|
|
|
|
It also has a
|
|
|
|
.q U=
|
|
|
|
field to allow you to set the user and group id to be used
|
|
|
|
when running the mailer.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "New Options"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Several new options have been added,
|
|
|
|
many to support new features,
|
|
|
|
others to allow tuning that was previously available
|
|
|
|
only by recompiling.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
They are described in detail in Section 5.6.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
Briefly,
|
|
|
|
.nr ii 0.5i
|
|
|
|
.ip b
|
|
|
|
Insist on a minimum number of disk blocks.
|
|
|
|
.ip C
|
|
|
|
Set checkpoint interval.
|
|
|
|
.ip E
|
|
|
|
Default error message.
|
|
|
|
.ip G
|
|
|
|
Enable GECOS matching.
|
|
|
|
.ip h
|
|
|
|
Maximum hop count.
|
|
|
|
.ip j
|
|
|
|
Send errors in MIME-encapsulated format.
|
|
|
|
.ip J
|
|
|
|
Forward file path.
|
|
|
|
.ip k
|
|
|
|
Connection cache size
|
|
|
|
.ip K
|
|
|
|
Connection cache lifetime.
|
|
|
|
.ip l
|
|
|
|
Enable Errors-To: header.
|
|
|
|
These headers violate RFC 1123;
|
|
|
|
this option is included to provide back compatibility
|
|
|
|
with old versions of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail .
|
|
|
|
.ip O
|
|
|
|
Set incoming SMTP daemon options, such as an alternate SMTP port.
|
|
|
|
.ip p
|
|
|
|
Privacy options.
|
|
|
|
.ip R
|
|
|
|
Don't prune route-addrs.
|
|
|
|
.ip U
|
|
|
|
User database spec.
|
|
|
|
.ip V
|
|
|
|
Fallback
|
|
|
|
.q MX
|
|
|
|
host.
|
|
|
|
.ip w
|
|
|
|
.q "Best MX"
|
|
|
|
handling technique.
|
|
|
|
.ip 7
|
|
|
|
Do not run eight bit clean.
|
|
|
|
.ip 8
|
|
|
|
Eight bit data handling mode.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Extended Options"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b r
|
|
|
|
(read timeout),
|
|
|
|
.b I
|
|
|
|
(use BIND),
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b T
|
|
|
|
(queue timeout)
|
|
|
|
options have been extended to pass in more information.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "New Mailer Flags"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Several new mailer flags have been added.
|
|
|
|
.ip a
|
|
|
|
Try to use ESMTP when creating a connection.
|
|
|
|
If this is not set,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will still try if the other end hints that it knows about ESMTP
|
|
|
|
in its greeting message;
|
|
|
|
this flag says to try even if it doesn't hint.
|
|
|
|
If the EHLO (extended hello)
|
|
|
|
command fails,
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
falls back to old SMTP.
|
|
|
|
.ip A
|
|
|
|
Try the user part of addresses for this mailer as aliases.
|
|
|
|
.ip b
|
|
|
|
Ensure that there is a blank line at the end of all messages.
|
|
|
|
.ip c
|
|
|
|
Strip all comments from addresses;
|
|
|
|
this should only be used as a last resort
|
|
|
|
when dealing with cranky mailers.
|
|
|
|
.ip g
|
|
|
|
Never use the null sender as the envelope sender,
|
|
|
|
even when running SMTP.
|
|
|
|
Although this violates RFC 1123,
|
|
|
|
it may be necessary when you must deal with some obnoxious old hosts.
|
|
|
|
.ip k
|
|
|
|
Turn off the loopback check in the HELO protocol;
|
|
|
|
doing this may cause mailer loops.
|
|
|
|
.ip o
|
|
|
|
Always run the mailer as the recipient of the message.
|
|
|
|
.ip w
|
|
|
|
This user should have a passwd file entry.
|
|
|
|
.ip 5
|
|
|
|
Try ruleset 5 if no local aliases.
|
|
|
|
.ip 7
|
|
|
|
Strip all output to 7 bits.
|
|
|
|
.ip :
|
|
|
|
Check for :include: files.
|
|
|
|
.ip |
|
|
|
|
Check for |program addresses.
|
|
|
|
.ip /
|
|
|
|
Check for /file addresses.
|
|
|
|
.ip @
|
|
|
|
Check this user against the user database.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Long Option Names"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
All options can be specified using long names,
|
|
|
|
and some new options can only be specified with long names.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "New Pre-Defined Macros"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The following macros are pre-defined:
|
|
|
|
.ip $k
|
|
|
|
The UUCP node name,
|
|
|
|
nominally from
|
|
|
|
.i uname (2)
|
|
|
|
call.
|
|
|
|
.ip $m
|
|
|
|
The domain part of our full hostname.
|
|
|
|
.ip $_
|
|
|
|
The RFC 1413-provided sender address.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "New LHS Token"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Version 8 allows
|
|
|
|
.b $@
|
|
|
|
on the Left Hand Side of an
|
|
|
|
.q R
|
|
|
|
line to match zero tokens.
|
|
|
|
This is intended to be used to match the null input.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Bigger Defaults"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Version 8 allows up to 100 rulesets instead of 30.
|
|
|
|
It is recommended that rulesets 0\-9 be reserved for
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail 's
|
|
|
|
dedicated use in future releases.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The total number of MX records that can be used has been raised to 20.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The number of queued messages that can be handled at one time
|
|
|
|
has been raised from 600 to 1000.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Different Default Tuning Parameters"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Version 8 has changed the default parameters
|
|
|
|
for tuning queue costs
|
|
|
|
to make the number of recipients more important
|
|
|
|
than the size of the message (for small messages).
|
|
|
|
This is reasonable if you are connected with reasonably fast links.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Auto-Quoting in Addresses"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Previously, the
|
|
|
|
.q "Full Name <email address>"
|
|
|
|
syntax would generate incorrect protocol output
|
|
|
|
if
|
|
|
|
.q "Full Name"
|
|
|
|
had special characters such as dot.
|
|
|
|
This version puts quotes around such names.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Symbolic Names On Error Mailer"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Several names have been built in to the $@ portion of the $#error
|
|
|
|
mailer.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "SMTP VRFY Doesn't Expand"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Previous versions of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
treated VRFY and EXPN the same.
|
|
|
|
In this version,
|
|
|
|
VRFY doesn't expand aliases or follow .forward files.
|
|
|
|
EXPN still does.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
As an optimization, if you run with your default delivery mode being
|
|
|
|
queue-only or deliver-in-background,
|
|
|
|
the RCPT command will also not chase aliases and .forward files.
|
|
|
|
It will chase them when it processes the queue.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "[IPC] Mailers Allow Multiple Hosts"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
When an address resolves to a mailer that has
|
|
|
|
.q [IPC]
|
|
|
|
as its
|
|
|
|
.q Path ,
|
|
|
|
the $@ part (host name)
|
|
|
|
can be a colon-separated list of hosts instead of a single hostname.
|
|
|
|
This asks
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
to search the list for the first entry that is available
|
|
|
|
exactly as though it were an MX record.
|
|
|
|
The intent is to route internal traffic through internal networks
|
|
|
|
without publishing an MX record to the net.
|
|
|
|
MX expansion is still done on the individual items.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Aliases Extended"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The implementation has been merged with maps.
|
|
|
|
Among other things,
|
|
|
|
this supports NIS-based aliases.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Portability and Security Enhancements"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
A number of internal changes have been made to enhance portability.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Several fixes have been made to increase the paranoia factor.
|
|
|
|
.sh 2 "Miscellaneous Changes"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
writes a
|
|
|
|
.i /etc/sendmail.pid
|
|
|
|
file with the current process id of the SMTP daemon.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Two people using the same program in their .forward file
|
|
|
|
are considered different
|
|
|
|
so that duplicate elimination doesn't delete one of them.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.i mailstats
|
|
|
|
program prints mailer names
|
|
|
|
and gets the location of the
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail.st
|
|
|
|
file from
|
|
|
|
.i /etc/sendmail.cf .
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Many minor bugs have been fixed, such as handling of backslashes
|
|
|
|
inside of quotes.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
A hook (ruleset 5) has been added
|
|
|
|
to allow rewriting of local addresses after aliasing.
|
|
|
|
.sh 1 "ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
I've worked on
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
for many years,
|
|
|
|
and many employers have been remarkably patient
|
|
|
|
about letting me work on a large project
|
|
|
|
that was not part of my official job.
|
|
|
|
This includes time on the INGRES Project at
|
|
|
|
the University of California at Berkeley,
|
|
|
|
at Britton Lee,
|
|
|
|
and again on the Mammoth and Titan Projects at Berkeley.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Much of the second wave of improvements
|
|
|
|
should be credited to Bryan Costales of ICSI.
|
|
|
|
As he passed me drafts of his book on
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
I was inspired to start working on things again.
|
|
|
|
Bryan was also available to bounce ideas off of.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Many, many people contributed chunks of code and ideas to
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail .
|
|
|
|
It has proven to be a group network effort.
|
|
|
|
Version 8 in particular was a group project.
|
|
|
|
The following people made notable contributions:
|
|
|
|
.(l
|
|
|
|
John Beck, Hewlett-Packard
|
|
|
|
Keith Bostic, CSRG, University of California, Berkeley
|
|
|
|
Andrew Cheng, Sun Microsystems
|
|
|
|
Michael J. Corrigan, University of California, San Diego
|
|
|
|
Bryan Costales, International Computer Science Institute
|
|
|
|
Pa\*:r (Pell) Emanuelsson
|
|
|
|
Craig Everhart, Transarc Corporation
|
|
|
|
Tom Ivar Helbekkmo, Norwegian School of Economics
|
|
|
|
Allan E. Johannesen, WPI
|
|
|
|
Jonathan Kamens, OpenVision Technologies, Inc.
|
|
|
|
Takahiro Kanbe, Fuji Xerox Information Systems Co., Ltd.
|
|
|
|
Brian Kantor, University of California, San Diego
|
|
|
|
Murray S. Kucherawy, HookUp Communication Corp.
|
|
|
|
Bruce Lilly, Sony U.S.
|
|
|
|
Karl London
|
|
|
|
Motonori Nakamura, Ritsumeikan University & Kyoto University
|
|
|
|
John Gardiner Myers, Carnegie Mellon University
|
|
|
|
Neil Rickert, Northern Illinois University
|
|
|
|
Eric Schnoebelen, Convex Computer Corp.
|
|
|
|
Eric Wassenaar, National Institute for Nuclear and High Energy Physics, Amsterdam
|
|
|
|
Christophe Wolfhugel, Pasteur Institute & Herve Schauer Consultants (Paris)
|
|
|
|
.)l
|
|
|
|
I apologize for anyone I have omitted, misspelled, misattributed, or
|
|
|
|
otherwise missed.
|
|
|
|
At this point, I suspect that at least a hundred people
|
|
|
|
have contributed code,
|
|
|
|
and many more have contributed ideas, comments, and encouragement.
|
|
|
|
I've tried to list them in the RELEASE_NOTES in the distribution directory.
|
|
|
|
I appreciate their contribution as well.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Special thanks are reserved for Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel,
|
|
|
|
who besides being wonderful guinea pigs and contributors
|
|
|
|
have also consented to be added to the ``sendmail@CS.Berkeley.EDU'' list
|
|
|
|
and, by answering the bulk of the questions sent to that list,
|
|
|
|
have freed me up to do other work.
|
|
|
|
.++ A
|
|
|
|
.+c "COMMAND LINE FLAGS"
|
|
|
|
.ba 0
|
|
|
|
.nr ii 1i
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
Arguments must be presented with flags before addresses.
|
|
|
|
The flags are:
|
|
|
|
.ip \-b\fIx\fP
|
|
|
|
Set operation mode to
|
|
|
|
.i x .
|
|
|
|
Operation modes are:
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
.ta 4n
|
|
|
|
m Deliver mail (default)
|
|
|
|
s Speak SMTP on input side
|
|
|
|
a\(dg ``Arpanet'' mode (get envelope sender information from header)
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
d Run as a daemon in background
|
|
|
|
D Run as a daemon in foreground
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
t Run in test mode
|
|
|
|
v Just verify addresses, don't collect or deliver
|
|
|
|
i Initialize the alias database
|
|
|
|
p Print the mail queue
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\(dgDeprecated.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
.ip \-B\fItype\fP
|
|
|
|
Indicate body type.
|
|
|
|
.ip \-C\fIfile\fP
|
|
|
|
Use a different configuration file.
|
|
|
|
.i Sendmail
|
|
|
|
runs as the invoking user (rather than root)
|
|
|
|
when this flag is specified.
|
|
|
|
.ip \-d\fIlevel\fP
|
|
|
|
Set debugging level.
|
|
|
|
.ip "\-f\ \fIaddr\fP"
|
|
|
|
The sender's machine address is
|
|
|
|
.i addr .
|
|
|
|
.ip \-F\fIname\fP
|
|
|
|
Sets the full name of this user to
|
|
|
|
.i name .
|
|
|
|
.ip "\-h\ \fIcnt\fP"
|
|
|
|
Sets the
|
|
|
|
.q "hop count"
|
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
|
.i cnt .
|
|
|
|
This represents the number of times this message has been processed
|
|
|
|
by
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
(to the extent that it is supported by the underlying networks).
|
|
|
|
.i Cnt
|
|
|
|
is incremented during processing,
|
|
|
|
and if it reaches
|
|
|
|
MAXHOP
|
|
|
|
(currently 30)
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
throws away the message with an error.
|
|
|
|
.ip \-n
|
|
|
|
Don't do aliasing or forwarding.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip "\-N \fInotifications\fP"
|
|
|
|
Tag all addresses being sent as wanting the indicated
|
|
|
|
.i notifications ,
|
|
|
|
which consists of the word
|
|
|
|
.q NEVER
|
|
|
|
or a comma-separated list of
|
|
|
|
.q SUCCESS ,
|
|
|
|
.q FAILURE ,
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q DELAY
|
|
|
|
for successful delivery,
|
|
|
|
failure,
|
|
|
|
and a message that is stuck in a queue somewhere.
|
|
|
|
The default is
|
|
|
|
.q FAILURE,DELAY .
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip "\-r\ \fIaddr\fP"
|
|
|
|
An obsolete form of
|
|
|
|
.b \-f .
|
|
|
|
.ip \-o\fIx\|value\fP
|
|
|
|
Set option
|
|
|
|
.i x
|
|
|
|
to the specified
|
|
|
|
.i value .
|
|
|
|
These options are described in Section 5.6.
|
|
|
|
.ip \-O\fIoption\fP\fB=\fP\fIvalue\fP
|
|
|
|
Set
|
|
|
|
.i option
|
|
|
|
to the specified
|
|
|
|
.i value
|
|
|
|
(for long form option names).
|
|
|
|
These options are described in Section 5.6.
|
|
|
|
.ip \-M\fIx\|value
|
|
|
|
Set macro
|
|
|
|
.i x
|
|
|
|
to the specified
|
|
|
|
.i value .
|
|
|
|
.ip \-p\fIprotocol\fP
|
|
|
|
Set the sending protocol.
|
|
|
|
Programs are encouraged to set this.
|
|
|
|
The protocol field can be in the form
|
|
|
|
.i protocol \c
|
|
|
|
.b : \c
|
|
|
|
.i host
|
|
|
|
to set both the sending protocol and sending host.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
.q \-pUUCP:uunet
|
|
|
|
sets the sending protocol to UUCP
|
|
|
|
and the sending host to uunet.
|
|
|
|
(Some existing programs use \-oM to set the r and s macros;
|
|
|
|
this is equivalent to using \-p.)
|
|
|
|
.ip \-q\fItime\fP
|
|
|
|
Try to process the queued up mail.
|
|
|
|
If the time is given,
|
|
|
|
a
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
will run through the queue at the specified interval
|
|
|
|
to deliver queued mail;
|
|
|
|
otherwise, it only runs once.
|
|
|
|
.ip \-q\fIXstring\fP
|
|
|
|
Run the queue once,
|
|
|
|
limiting the jobs to those matching
|
|
|
|
.i Xstring .
|
|
|
|
The key letter
|
|
|
|
.i X
|
|
|
|
can be
|
|
|
|
.b I
|
|
|
|
to limit based on queue identifier,
|
|
|
|
.b R
|
|
|
|
to limit based on recipient,
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.b S
|
|
|
|
to limit based on sender.
|
|
|
|
A particular queued job is accepted if one of the corresponding addresses
|
|
|
|
contains the indicated
|
|
|
|
.i string .
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip "\-R ret"
|
|
|
|
What information you want returned if the message bounces;
|
|
|
|
.i ret
|
|
|
|
can be
|
|
|
|
.q HDRS
|
|
|
|
for headers only or
|
|
|
|
.q FULL
|
|
|
|
for headers plus body.
|
|
|
|
This is a request only;
|
|
|
|
the other end is not required to honor the parameter.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip \-t
|
|
|
|
Read the header for
|
|
|
|
.q To: ,
|
|
|
|
.q Cc: ,
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q Bcc:
|
|
|
|
lines, and send to everyone listed in those lists.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.q Bcc:
|
|
|
|
line will be deleted before sending.
|
|
|
|
Any addresses in the argument vector will be deleted
|
|
|
|
from the send list.
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip "\-U"
|
|
|
|
Indicate that this is an initial User Agent submission.
|
|
|
|
In future releases, sendmail may complain about syntactically invalid messages
|
|
|
|
rather than fixing them when this flag is not set.
|
|
|
|
.ip "\-V envid"
|
|
|
|
The indicated
|
|
|
|
.i envid
|
|
|
|
is passed with the envelope of the message
|
|
|
|
and returned if the message bounces.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.ip "\-X \fIlogfile\fP"
|
|
|
|
Log all traffic in and out of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
in the indicated
|
|
|
|
.i logfile
|
|
|
|
for debugging mailer problems.
|
|
|
|
This produces a lot of data very quickly and should be used sparingly.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
There are a number of options that may be specified as
|
|
|
|
primitive flags.
|
|
|
|
These are the e, i, m, and v options.
|
|
|
|
Also,
|
|
|
|
the f option
|
|
|
|
may be specified as the
|
|
|
|
.b \-s
|
|
|
|
flag.
|
|
|
|
.+c "QUEUE FILE FORMATS"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
This appendix describes the format of the queue files.
|
|
|
|
These files live in the directory defined by the
|
|
|
|
.b Q
|
|
|
|
option in the
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail.cf
|
|
|
|
file, usually
|
|
|
|
.i /var/spool/mqueue
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.i /usr/spool/mqueue .
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
All queue files have the name
|
|
|
|
\fIx\fP\|\fBf\fP\fIAAA99999\fP
|
|
|
|
where
|
|
|
|
.i AAA99999
|
|
|
|
is the
|
|
|
|
.i id
|
|
|
|
for this message
|
|
|
|
and the
|
|
|
|
.i x
|
|
|
|
is a type.
|
|
|
|
The first letter of the id encodes the hour of the day
|
|
|
|
that the message was received by the system
|
|
|
|
(with A being the hour between midnight and 1:00AM).
|
|
|
|
All files with the same id collectively define one message.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The types are:
|
|
|
|
.nr ii 0.5i
|
|
|
|
.ip d
|
|
|
|
The data file.
|
|
|
|
The message body (excluding the header) is kept in this file.
|
|
|
|
.ip q
|
|
|
|
The queue control file.
|
|
|
|
This file contains the information necessary to process the job.
|
|
|
|
.ip t
|
|
|
|
A temporary file.
|
|
|
|
These are an image of the
|
|
|
|
.b qf
|
|
|
|
file when it is being rebuilt.
|
|
|
|
It should be renamed to a
|
|
|
|
.b qf
|
|
|
|
file very quickly.
|
|
|
|
.ip x
|
|
|
|
A transcript file,
|
|
|
|
existing during the life of a session
|
|
|
|
showing everything that happens
|
|
|
|
during that session.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.b qf
|
|
|
|
file is structured as a series of lines
|
|
|
|
each beginning with a code letter.
|
|
|
|
The lines are as follows:
|
|
|
|
.ip V
|
|
|
|
The version number of the queue file format,
|
|
|
|
used to allow new
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
binaries to read queue files created by older versions.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to version zero.
|
|
|
|
Must be the first line of the file if present.
|
|
|
|
.ip H
|
|
|
|
A header definition.
|
|
|
|
There may be any number of these lines.
|
|
|
|
The order is important:
|
|
|
|
they represent the order in the final message.
|
|
|
|
These use the same syntax
|
|
|
|
as header definitions in the configuration file.
|
|
|
|
.ip C
|
|
|
|
The controlling address.
|
|
|
|
The syntax is
|
|
|
|
.q localuser:aliasname .
|
|
|
|
Recipient addresses following this line
|
|
|
|
will be flagged so that deliveries will be run as the
|
|
|
|
.i localuser
|
|
|
|
(a user name from the /etc/passwd file);
|
|
|
|
.i aliasname
|
|
|
|
is the name of the alias that expanded to this address
|
|
|
|
(used for printing messages).
|
|
|
|
.ip Q
|
|
|
|
The ``original recipient'',
|
|
|
|
specified by the ORCPT= field in an ESMTP transaction.
|
|
|
|
Used exclusively for Delivery Status Notifications.
|
|
|
|
It applies only to the immediately following `R' line.
|
|
|
|
.ip R
|
|
|
|
A recipient address.
|
|
|
|
This will normally be completely aliased,
|
|
|
|
but is actually realiased when the job is processed.
|
|
|
|
There will be one line
|
|
|
|
for each recipient.
|
|
|
|
Version 1 qf files
|
|
|
|
also include a leading colon-terminated list of flags,
|
|
|
|
which can be
|
|
|
|
`S' to return a message on successful final delivery,
|
|
|
|
`F' to return a message on failure,
|
|
|
|
`D' to return a message if the message is delayed,
|
|
|
|
`B' to indicate that the body should be returned,
|
|
|
|
`N' to suppress returning the body,
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
`P' to declare this as a ``primary'' (command line or SMTP-session) address.
|
|
|
|
.ip S
|
|
|
|
The sender address.
|
|
|
|
There may only be one of these lines.
|
|
|
|
.ip T
|
|
|
|
The job creation time.
|
|
|
|
This is used to compute when to time out the job.
|
|
|
|
.ip P
|
|
|
|
The current message priority.
|
|
|
|
This is used to order the queue.
|
|
|
|
Higher numbers mean lower priorities.
|
|
|
|
The priority changes
|
|
|
|
as the message sits in the queue.
|
|
|
|
The initial priority depends on the message class
|
|
|
|
and the size of the message.
|
|
|
|
.ip M
|
|
|
|
A message.
|
|
|
|
This line is printed by the
|
|
|
|
.i mailq
|
|
|
|
command,
|
|
|
|
and is generally used to store status information.
|
|
|
|
It can contain any text.
|
|
|
|
.ip F
|
|
|
|
Flag bits, represented as one letter per flag.
|
|
|
|
Defined flag bits are
|
|
|
|
.b r
|
|
|
|
indicating that this is a response message
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b w
|
|
|
|
indicating that a warning message has been sent
|
|
|
|
announcing that the mail has been delayed.
|
|
|
|
.ip N
|
|
|
|
The total number of delivery attempts.
|
|
|
|
.ip K
|
|
|
|
The time (as seconds since January 1, 1970)
|
|
|
|
of the last delivery attempt.
|
|
|
|
.ip I
|
|
|
|
The i-number of the data file;
|
|
|
|
this can be used to recover your mail queue
|
|
|
|
after a disastrous disk crash.
|
|
|
|
.ip $
|
|
|
|
A macro definition.
|
|
|
|
The values of certain macros
|
|
|
|
(as of this writing, only
|
|
|
|
.b $r
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.b $s )
|
|
|
|
are passed through to the queue run phase.
|
|
|
|
.ip B
|
|
|
|
The body type.
|
|
|
|
The remainder of the line is a text string defining the body type.
|
|
|
|
If this field is missing,
|
|
|
|
the body type is assumed to be
|
|
|
|
.q "undefined"
|
|
|
|
and no special processing is attempted.
|
|
|
|
Legal values are
|
|
|
|
.q 7BIT
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q 8BITMIME .
|
|
|
|
.ip O
|
|
|
|
The original MTS value (from the ESMTP transaction).
|
|
|
|
For Deliver Status Notifications only.
|
|
|
|
.ip Z
|
|
|
|
The original envelope id (from the ESMTP transaction).
|
|
|
|
For Deliver Status Notifications only.
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
As an example,
|
|
|
|
the following is a queue file sent to
|
|
|
|
.q eric@mammoth.Berkeley.EDU
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.q bostic@okeeffe.CS.Berkeley.EDU \**:
|
|
|
|
.(f
|
|
|
|
\**This example is contrived and probably inaccurate for your environment.
|
|
|
|
Glance over it to get an idea;
|
|
|
|
nothing can replace looking at what your own system generates.
|
|
|
|
.)f
|
|
|
|
.(b
|
|
|
|
P835771
|
|
|
|
T404261372
|
|
|
|
Seric
|
|
|
|
Ceric:sendmail@vangogh.CS.Berkeley.EDU
|
|
|
|
Reric@mammoth.Berkeley.EDU
|
|
|
|
Rbostic@okeeffe.CS.Berkeley.EDU
|
|
|
|
H?P?return-path: <owner-sendmail@vangogh.CS.Berkeley.EDU>
|
|
|
|
Hreceived: by vangogh.CS.Berkeley.EDU (5.108/2.7) id AAA06703;
|
|
|
|
Fri, 17 Jul 92 00:28:55 -0700
|
|
|
|
Hreceived: from mail.CS.Berkeley.EDU by vangogh.CS.Berkeley.EDU (5.108/2.7)
|
|
|
|
id AAA06698; Fri, 17 Jul 92 00:28:54 -0700
|
|
|
|
Hreceived: from [128.32.31.21] by mail.CS.Berkeley.EDU (5.96/2.5)
|
|
|
|
id AA22777; Fri, 17 Jul 92 03:29:14 -0400
|
|
|
|
Hreceived: by foo.bar.baz.de (5.57/Ultrix3.0-C)
|
|
|
|
id AA22757; Fri, 17 Jul 92 09:31:25 GMT
|
|
|
|
H?F?from: eric@foo.bar.baz.de (Eric Allman)
|
|
|
|
H?x?full-name: Eric Allman
|
|
|
|
Hmessage-id: <9207170931.AA22757@foo.bar.baz.de>
|
|
|
|
HTo: sendmail@vangogh.CS.Berkeley.EDU
|
|
|
|
Hsubject: this is an example message
|
|
|
|
.)b
|
|
|
|
This shows
|
|
|
|
the person who sent the message,
|
|
|
|
the submission time
|
|
|
|
(in seconds since January 1, 1970),
|
|
|
|
the message priority,
|
|
|
|
the message class,
|
|
|
|
the recipients,
|
|
|
|
and the headers for the message.
|
|
|
|
.+c "SUMMARY OF SUPPORT FILES"
|
|
|
|
.pp
|
|
|
|
This is a summary of the support files
|
|
|
|
that
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
creates or generates.
|
|
|
|
Many of these can be changed by editing the sendmail.cf file;
|
|
|
|
check there to find the actual pathnames.
|
|
|
|
.nr ii 1i
|
|
|
|
.ip "/usr/\*(SD/sendmail"
|
|
|
|
The binary of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail .
|
|
|
|
.ip /usr/\*(SB/newaliases
|
|
|
|
A link to /usr/\*(SD/sendmail;
|
|
|
|
causes the alias database to be rebuilt.
|
|
|
|
Running this program is completely equivalent to giving
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.b \-bi
|
|
|
|
flag.
|
|
|
|
.ip /usr/\*(SB/mailq
|
|
|
|
Prints a listing of the mail queue.
|
|
|
|
This program is equivalent to using the
|
|
|
|
.b \-bp
|
|
|
|
flag to
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail .
|
|
|
|
.ip /etc/sendmail.cf
|
|
|
|
The configuration file,
|
|
|
|
in textual form.
|
|
|
|
.ip /usr/lib/sendmail.hf
|
|
|
|
The SMTP help file.
|
|
|
|
.ip /etc/sendmail.st
|
|
|
|
A statistics file; need not be present.
|
|
|
|
.ip /etc/sendmail.pid
|
|
|
|
Created in daemon mode;
|
|
|
|
it contains the process id of the current SMTP daemon.
|
|
|
|
If you use this in scripts;
|
|
|
|
use ``head \-1'' to get just the first line;
|
|
|
|
later versions of
|
|
|
|
.i sendmail
|
|
|
|
may add information to subsequent lines.
|
|
|
|
.ip /etc/aliases
|
|
|
|
The textual version of the alias file.
|
|
|
|
.ip /etc/aliases.{pag,dir}
|
|
|
|
The alias file in
|
|
|
|
.i dbm \|(3)
|
|
|
|
format.
|
|
|
|
.ip /var/spool/mqueue
|
|
|
|
The directory in which the mail queue
|
|
|
|
and temporary files reside.
|
|
|
|
.ip /var/spool/mqueue/qf*
|
|
|
|
Control (queue) files for messages.
|
|
|
|
.ip /var/spool/mqueue/df*
|
|
|
|
Data files.
|
|
|
|
.ip /var/spool/mqueue/tf*
|
|
|
|
Temporary versions of the qf files,
|
|
|
|
used during queue file rebuild.
|
|
|
|
.ip /var/spool/mqueue/xf*
|
|
|
|
A transcript of the current session.
|
|
|
|
.\".ro
|
|
|
|
.\".ls 1
|
|
|
|
.\".tp
|
|
|
|
.\".sp 2i
|
|
|
|
.\".in 0
|
|
|
|
.\".ce 100
|
|
|
|
.\".sz 24
|
|
|
|
.\".b SENDMAIL
|
|
|
|
.\".sz 14
|
|
|
|
.\".sp
|
|
|
|
.\"INSTALLATION AND OPERATION GUIDE
|
|
|
|
.\".sp
|
|
|
|
.\".sz 10
|
|
|
|
.\"Eric Allman
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.\"InReference, Inc.
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.\".sp
|
1996-10-24 04:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.\"Version 8.97
|
1995-12-02 17:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.\".ce 0
|
|
|
|
.bp 2
|
|
|
|
.rs
|
|
|
|
.sp |4i
|
|
|
|
.ce 2
|
|
|
|
This page intentionally left blank;
|
|
|
|
replace it with a blank sheet for double-sided output.
|
|
|
|
.bp 3
|
|
|
|
.ce
|
|
|
|
.sz 12
|
|
|
|
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
.sz 10
|
|
|
|
.sp
|
|
|
|
.\" remove some things to avoid "out of temp file space" problem
|
|
|
|
.rm sh
|
|
|
|
.rm (x
|
|
|
|
.rm )x
|
|
|
|
.rm ip
|
|
|
|
.rm pp
|
|
|
|
.rm lp
|
|
|
|
.rm he
|
|
|
|
.rm fo
|
|
|
|
.rm eh
|
|
|
|
.rm oh
|
|
|
|
.rm ef
|
|
|
|
.rm of
|
|
|
|
.xp
|